Search

Jażdżewski, Krzysztof, Grabowski, Michał, Kupryjanowicz, Janusz (2014): Further records of Amphipoda from Baltic Eocene amber with first evidence of prae-copulatory behaviour in a fossil amphipod and remarks on the taxonomic position of Palaeogammarus Zaddach, 1864. Zootaxa 3765 (5): 401-417, DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.11646/zootaxa.3765.5.1

On the basis of a recent inventory of the whole Southern Ocean amphipod fauna, the authors briefly review some aspects of the present state of knowledge of the species and taxonomical diversity, of the geographical and bathymetrical distribution and of the eco-functional diversity of the amphipods in the Antarctic benthic communities in particular. They point out some gaps in taxonomic knowledge and the faunal survey of amphipods in the Antarctic and Subantarctic regions. With more than one thousand strictly Antarctic species, the peracarid Crustacea are the most speciose group in the Southern Ocean, and, among them, the amphipods, with 531 Antarctic species and 821 spp. in the whole Southern Ocean, are obviously the most diverse. Some potential causes of this high amphipod diversity are discussed.

Sunamphitoe femorata (Krøyer, 1845) Figs 1–6, 30a Synonymy amended from De Broyer et al. 2007: Amphithoe gaudichaudi Milne-Edwards, 1840: 31–32. Amphithoe femorata Krøyer, 1845: 335, pl. 3 fig. 4. Amphithoe brevipes Dana, 1852: 216. Amphithoe peregrina Dana, 1853: 940, pl. 64 fig. 4. Amphithoe falklandi Spence Bate, 1862: 237, pl. 41 fig. 6. Amphithoe brevipes – Dana 1853: 936, pl. 64 fig. 5. — Spence Bate 1862: 248, pl. 43 fig. 2. — Stebbing 1914: 371. — K.H. Barnard 1916: 255, pl. 28 fig. 34; 1932: 239, fig. 150; 1965: 208. — Stephensen 1949: 44 (Amp(h)ithoe brevipes). — J.L. Barnard 1958: 25. Ampithoe femorata – Stebbing 1906: 636–637. — Chilton 1921: 88, fig. 3. – Schellenberg 1931: 245, fig. 127; 1935: 233. — J.L. Barnard 1952: 24, pls 6–7; 1958: 25. — Kreibohm de Paternoster & Escofet 1976: 78–83, figs 1–3. — Lowry & Bullock 1976: 24. — Alonso 1980: 4, pl. 1. Peramphithoe femorata – Conlan & Bousfield 1982: 68–69, fig. 16. — López Gappa et al. 1982: 76, table 1. — J.L. Barnard & Karaman 1991: 108. — Gonzalez 1991: 51. — Conlan & Chess 1992: 415, figs 1, 4. — De Broyer & Jażdżewski 1993: 26. Paramphithoe femorata – Adami & Gordillo 1999: 186–187. Sunamphitoe femorata – Peart & Ahyong 2016: 468–469. Material examined CHILE • 1 ♂ (12 mm); Puerto Barroso; -46.81806666°, -75.29988333°; 10–15 m depth; 23 Apr. 2015; 099HF24; Macrocystis pyrifera (L.) C.Agardh; colour brown; ZMB 34100 (Figs 1–6) • 1 spec.; Roca Gloria; -45.61152777°, -74.47819444°; 20 m depth; 5 Apr. 2014; 090HF21; Hydrozoa; colour brown green; ZMB 34201 • 1 spec.; Isla Usborne; -45.54258333°, -74.22006666°; 4 m depth; 7 Apr. 2014; 123HF21; kelp forest, Macrocystis pyrifera (L.) C.Agardh; colour yellow brown; ZMB 34202. Description (based on ♂, 12 mm) BODY (Fig. 1a). Head longer than deep, slightly shorter than next two segments; anteroventrally angular; eyes circular small, close to the frontal rounded ocular lobe. Pereonite 2 shorter than 1 or 3; pereonites 3 and 4 subequal, pereonite 7 shortest; pleonite 3 longest; epimeral plates 1–3 ventrally rounded. Urosomite 1 longest, with pointed posteroventral angle, urosomite 2 shortest. HEAD APPENDAGES. Antenna 1 (Fig. 1e) long, reaching 7 th pereonite segment; peduncular article 1 massive, twice as wide as article 2; length ratios 1: 0.7: 0.2; flagellum with 21 articles, moderately setose. Antenna 2 (Fig. 2a) much shorter than antenna 1; peduncular articles 1–3 forming a short socket for the long article 4 longest; article 5 80 % of article 4; flagellum with 11 articles. Labrum (Figs 1f, 2e) entire, wider than long, with short setae on the ventral margin. Mandible (Fig. 1b) bulky; incisor with 9 teeth on both sides; lacinia mobilis on both sides distally expanded, with 7 stout teeth on the left side and 11 much smaller teeth on the right side, raker row with 11 serrate blades and 3 additional setae on both mandibles; molar column-like elevated, triturative with small teeth on the surface; 3-articulated palp attached on a produced socket close to the mandibular insertion, article 1 subrectangular, article 2 distally expanded with 1 seta, article 3 with oblique apex bearing 8 setae, article length ratios 1: 5.9: 4.7. Lower lip (hypopharynx) (Fig. 2c), large inner lobes, outer lobes bilobate on both sides and long and inwards curved mandibular processes. Maxilla 1 (Fig. 3a) inner plate with 1 apical seta; outer plate with 9 spine-like serrate apical setae; palp much longer than outer plate, biarticulate, 2 nd article 3 × as long as basal article, 5 medioapical marginal robust setae plus 1 subapical seta. Maxilla 2 (Fig. 2d) inner plate slightly narrower than outer plate, both subequal in length. Maxilliped inner plate (Fig. 2b) weakly convex laterally and with straight margin medially with irregularly distributed setae, a row of setae apically; outer plate (Fig. 1d) ovoid-shaped with long slender setae on the lateral margin and serrate and pointed short robust setae on the medial margin; palp (Fig. 1c) 4-articulate, first article with oblique distal margin; article 2 with produced inner margin, densely setose; article 3 roundly lobate and setose medially; article 4 short with slender apical unguis; length ratios of articles 1–4 1: 0.9: 0.8: 0.7. PEREON. Gnathopod 1 (Fig. 3b–d) coxa subrectangular (1.3 × as long as wide) with a weakly oblique ventral margin, and a fringe of long slender setae posteroventrally; basis slightly curved anteriorly, with long setae on the medial face and posterior margin, anterodistal rounded lobe on lateral face, partly surpassing ischium; ischium slightly longer than wide, with notch on anterior margin; merus weakly tapering distally with oblique distal margin bordered with long slender setae; carpus posteromarginally rounded and setose, also groups on medial face; propodus subrectangular and angular posterodistally, posteromarginal setation and groups of setae anteromedially, palm defined by a robust seta; dactylus rather straight, serrate on inner margin, longer than palm angle; length ratios of basis to dactylus: 1: 0.2: 0.3: 0.5:0.6: 0.3. Gnathopod 2 (Fig. 4a) coxa similar shaped as gnathopod 1 coxa, also with row of setae posteroventromarginally; basis somewhat curved anteriorly, with long setae on posterior margin; ischium as for gnathopod 1; merus longer than wide, with oblique posterodistal lobe bordered with setae; carpus wider than long with posterior rounded setose lobe; propodus ovoid, 1.7× as long as wide, palm along half of posterior margin; dactylus curved proximally, distally straight. Pereopod 3 (Fig. 4b) coxa as for gnathopod 2 but wider and longer; basis ovoid inflated, 1.6× as long as wide, with long setae especially on the posterior margin; ischium subquadrate with anteroproximal notch; merus 1.6 × as wide as ischium, anterior margin convex, drawn out into a lobe, distal margin oblique; carpus subrectangular; propodus subrectangular, slightly tapering; dactylus weakly curved. Pereopod 4 (Fig. 5a, d) coxa longer than wide, ventrally rounded; basis ovoid posterior margin bordered with long setae; ischium slightly longer than wide; merus expanded distally and roundly produced anteromarginally, oblique distal margin; propodus tapering distally; dactylus stout and weakly curved; length ratios basis to dactylus: 1: 0.2:0.4: 0.35: 0.34: 0.17. Pereopod 5 (Fig. 5b–c, e) coxa 1.3× as long as wide, ventrally rounded, with posteroproximal lobe; basis subcircular, with posteromarginal rounded lobe; ischium 1.6 × as wide as long; merus and carpus slightly longer than wide, subequal in length and width; propodus subrectangular with groups of long setae and stout robust setae on lateral face and long slender setae inserted anon the medial face; dactylus curved towards lateral face of propodus; length ratios of basis to dactylus: 1: 0,27: 0,47: 0.47: 0,68:0,23. Pereopod 6 (Fig. 6b, e) coxa subrectangular, wider than long; basis 2× as long as wide, with small notch posterodistally; ischium longer than wide; merus somewhat drawn out posterodistally with a tuft of setae; carpus subrectangular with groups of setae posteromarginally; propodus slender with groups of setae and a row of robust setae anterosubmarginally; dactylus strongly falcate; length ratios basis to dactylus: 1: 03: 0.7: 0.6: 0.9:0.3. Pereopod 7 (Fig. 6d) basis similarly shaped but wider than that of pereopod 6; ischium to propodus similar in shape to pereopod 6, but wider; dactylus distally damaged; basis to propodus length ratios: 1: 0.3: 0.7:0.7: 0.9. P LEON AND UROSOME. Pleopod 1 (Fig. 6c) peduncle 2.2 × as long as wide, with 2 coupling hooks; rami slender, long, subequal in length, 1.7× as long as peduncle. Uropod 1 (Fig. 6g) peduncle longer than rami, with distal pointed spur and robust setae on both margins; inner ramus 1.3 longer than outer ramus, with robust setae apically and on inner margin; outer ramus shorter with dense row of robust setae on lateral margin and apically. Uropod 2 (Fig. 6a) peduncle as long as inner ramus, with few robust setae on both margins, distally with short pointed protrusion; inner ramus 1.1× as long as outer ramus; outer ramus with dense robust setation on the lateral margin and apically. Uropod 3 (Fig. 6h) peduncle 2.3× as long as inner ramus, with groups of slender setae laterally and some robust setae distomarginally; rami subequal in length, both distally rounded; inner ramus with robust setae and slender setae distomarginally; outer ramus with 2 laterally curved robust hook-like setae, on laterodorsal surface minute, pointed cuticular teeth. Telson (Fig. 6f, h) 1.4× as wide as long, tapering distally, distally rounded and entire; on both margins 4 slender setae and 1 short plumose seta distally. Distribution (amended from De Broyer et al. 2007) Falkland Islands: no location mentioned (Stebbing 1914); Port Louis (bottom/habitat: deep silt, shells, stones, algae); Port Stanley (bottom/habitat: kelp holdfasts) (Schellenberg 1931); Discovery 1925–27, stn 53, East Falkland Island, Port Stanley, 0–16 m (gear: small beam trawl); stn 56, Port William, Sparrow Cove, 10–16 m (gear: small beam trawl) (K.H. Barnard 1932); Port Stanley (Alonso 1980). Gough Island: Dell Rocks, -40.35°, -9.916667°; (bottom/habitat: from kelp) (K.H. Barnard 1965). Magellan Province: Isla Hermite, 9 m (Dana 1853); Bahia Fortescue, 18–22 m (bottom/habitat: algae); Puerto Churruca, 36 m (bottom/habitat: shells); Estrecho de Magallanes; Punta Arenas, 13–14 m (bottom/habitat: sand, algae); Canal Smith; Bahia Inutil, 20–27 m (bottom/habitat: coralline algae); Puerto Bridges, 13 m; Isla Navarino; Isla Nueva, 14 m; Puerto Hope, 11–18 m (bottom/habitat: rock, algae); Puerto Pantalon (bottom/habitat: kelp); Porvenir, 11–18 m (bottom/habitat: rocks, algae); Bahia Ushuaia; Isla Picton, 7 m (bottom/habitat: kelp holdfasts) (Schellenberg 1931); Bahia Camarones, -44.75°, -65.583333° (Kreibohm de Paternoster & Escofet 1976); Santa Cruz, Ria Deseado; (Alonso 1980); Ria Deseado, -47.75°, -65.9° (López Gappa et al. 1982); Isla Navarino, Banco de las Tacas, -55.083333°, -67.066667°; Isla Cabo de Hornos, -56°, -77° (Conlan & Bousfield 1982); -56°, -67° (Conlan & Chess 1992); southern Tierra del Fuego, Canal Beagle, -54.8° to -54.866667°, -68.266667° to -68.4° (Adami & Gordillo 1999); Isla Usborne, Roca Gloria, Puerto Barroso, 4–20 m (this study). Tristan da Cunha: Norwegian Scientific Expedition to Tristan da Cunha 1937–38, Tristan da Cunha Island: stn 3, in Macrocystis pyrifera (L.) C.Agardh; stn 9, 0 m; stn 40, 3–13 m; stn 52, 0 m; stn 70, 0 m; stn 80, 5–12 m; Nightingale Island: stn 117, 4–10 m; stn 118, 4–10 m; Inaccessible Island: stn 152, 5 m; stn 155, 8–9 m (Stephensen 1949). Chile: Valparaiso (type locality); Los Vilos, -31.9°, -71.516667° (Cerda et al. 2010). Argentina: Chubut, Bahía Camarones; Santa Cruz, Ría Deseado, Península Foca (Alonso 1980). Depth range 0– 36 m. Type locality Chile: Valparaiso, -33.083333°, -71.666667°. Type specimen location Natural History Museum of Denmark (Zoological Museum): lectoype, female, 20.8 mm (designated by Conland & Chess 1992); NHMD-84259, 3 paralectotypes, presumed lost. Remarks According to the literature (see above) this species is apparently widely distributed in the southern hemisphere. A few of the distribution records are somewhat dubious. Apart from the South American locations, New Zealand and South Africa are mentioned in the distribution of the taxon given by Conlan & Bousfield (1982). However, it may be that these occurrences of A. femorata are erroneous due to misinterpretations of synonymies (see J.L. Barnard 1965: 4). A record of A. femorata in California occurs in J.L. Barnard (1952), but the mistake occurred due to his misinterpretation of illustrations of Spence Bate (1862) as discussed by J.L. Barnard (1965). J.L. Barnard (1965) hypothesized a femoratabrevipes species complex; that requires further investigation., Published as part of Coleman, Charles Oliver, Krapp-Schickel, Traudl & Häussermann, Vreni, 2022, Amphipod crustaceans from Chilean Patagonia, pp. 1-57 in European Journal of Taxonomy 849 (1) on pages 3-12, DOI: 10.5852/ejt.2022.849.1995, http://zenodo.org/record/7427542, {"references":["Kroyer H. 1845. Karcinologiske Bidrag. Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift Ser. II 1: 283 - 345. Lopez Gappa J. J., Romanello E. E. & Hernandez D. A. (1982) Observaciones sobre la macrofauna y flora asociadas a los grampones de Macrocystis pyrifera (L.) C. Ag. en la Ria Deseado (Santa Cruz, Argentina). Ecosur 9: 67 - 106.","De Broyer C., Lowry J. K., Jazdzewski K. & Robert H. 2007. Catalogue of the gammaridean and corophiidean Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean, with distribution and ecological data. In: De Broyer C. (ed.) Census of Antarctic Marine Life: Synopsis of the Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Vol. I. Bulletin de l'Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique, Biologie 77 (Supplement 1): 1 - 325.","Dana J. D. 1852. Conspectus crustaceorum quae in orbis terrarum circumnavigatione, Carolo Wikles e classe Reipublicae Faederatae Duce, lexit et descripsit Jacobus D. Dana, Pars III (Amphipoda n ° 1). Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences 2: 201 - 220. Available from https: // www. biodiversitylibrary. org / page / 3076368 [accessed 31 Oct. 2022].","Dana J. D. 1853. Crustacea. Part II. United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838 - 42 under the Command of Ch. Wilkes U. S. N. 14 (2): 689 - 1618. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 69333","Spence Bate C. 1862. Catalogue of the Specimens of Amphipodous Crustacea in the Collection of the British Museum. British Museum (Natural History), London. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 20901","Stebbing T. R. R. 1914. Crustacea from the Falkland Islands collected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin, F. L. S. Part II. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1914: 341 - 378. https: // doi. org / 10.1111 / j. 1469 - 7998.1914. tb 07042. x","Barnard K. H. 1916. Contribution to the crustacean fauna of South Africa. No. 5. The Amphipoda. Annals of the South African Museum 15 (3): 105 - 302. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. part. 22196","Stephensen K. 1949. The Amphipoda of Tristan da Cunha. Results of the Norwegian Scientific Expedition to Tristan da Cunha 1937 - 1938 3 (19): 1 - 61.","Barnard J. L. 1958. Index to the families, genera and species of the gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea). Allan Hancock Foundation, Occasional Papers 19: 1 - 145.","Stebbing T. R. R. 1906. Amphipoda. I. Gammaridea. Das Tierreich 21: 1 - 806.","Chilton C. 1921. A small collection of Amphipoda from Juan Fernandez. In: Skottsberg C. (ed.) Natural History of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island. Vol. 3. Zoology: 81 - 92. Almqvist & Wiksells Boktryckeri, Uppsala. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 41367","Schellenberg A. 1931. Gammariden und Caprelliden des Magellangebietes, Sudgeorgiens und der Westantarktis. Further Zoological Results of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition 1901 - 1903 2 (6): 1 - 290.","Barnard J. L. 1952. Some Amphipoda from Central California. Wasmann Journal of Biology 10: 9 - 36.","Lowry J. K. & Bullock W. 1976. Catalogue of the marine gammaridean Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Bulletin of the Royal Society of New Zealand 16: 1 - 187.","Alonso G. M. 1980. Anfipodos de la Ria Deseado (Santa Cruz - Argentina). Centro de Investigacion de Biologia Marina 175: 3 - 24.","Conlan K. E. & Bousfield E. L. 1982. The amphipod superfamily Corophioidea in the Northeastern Pacific Region. Family Ampithoidae: systematics and distributional ecology. Publications in Biological Oceanography 10: 41 - 75. Available from https: // www. biodiversitylibrary. org / page / 36178888 [accessed 31 Oct. 2022].","Barnard J. L. & Karaman G. S. 1991. The families and genera of marine gammaridean Amphipoda (except marine gammaroids). Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 13: 1 - 866. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.13.1991.91","Gonzalez E. 1991. Actual state of gammaridean amphipoda taxonomy and catalogue of species from Chile. Hydrobiologia 223: 47 - 68. https: // doi. org / 10.1007 / BF 000476282","Conlan K. E. & Chess J. R. 1992. Phylogeny and ecology of a kelp-boring amphipod, Peramphithoe stypotrupetes, new species (Corophioidea: Ampithoidae). Journal of Crustacean Biology 12 (3): 410 - 422. https: // doi. org / 10.2307 / 1549035","De Broyer C. & Jazdzewski K. 1993. Contribution to the marine biodiversity inventory. A checklist of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean. Documents de Travail de l'Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique 73: 1 - 154.","Adami M. L. & Gordillo S. 1999. Structure and dynamics of the biota associated with Macrocystis pyrifera (Phaeophyta) from the Beagle Channel, Tierra del Fuego. Scientia Marina 63 (Supl. 1): 183 - 191. https: // doi. org / 10.3989 / scimar. 1999.63 s 1183","Peart R. & Ahyong S. 2016. Phylogenetic analysis of the family Ampithoidae Stebbing, 1899 (Crustacea: Amphipoda), with a synopsis of the genera. Journal of Crustacean Biology 36 (4): 456 - 474. https: // doi. org / 10.1163 / 1937240 X- 00002449","Barnard K. H. 1932. Amphipoda. Discovery Reports. Cambridge University Press, London. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. part. 27664","Barnard K. H. 1965. Isopoda and Amphipoda collected by the Gough Island scientific survey. Annals of the South African Museum 48: 195 - 210. Available from https: // www. biodiversitylibrary. org / page / 41175492 [accessed 31 Oct. 2022].","Cerda O., Hinojosa I. A. & Thiel M. 2010. Nest-building behavior by the amphipod Peramphithoe femorata (Kroyer) on the kelp Macrocystis pyrifera (Linnaeus) C. Agardh from Northern-Central Chile. Biological Bulletin 218 (3): 248 - 258. https: // doi. org / 10.1086 / BBLv 218 n 3 p 248"]}

Haplocheira barbimana robusta K.H. Barnard, 1932 Figs 7–11 Synonymy, amended after De Broyer et al. (2007): Haplocheira robusta K.H. Barnard, 1932: 235, fig. 148. Haplocheira barbimana (Thomson, 1879) as Gammarus barbimanus: 230–248, pl. 10. Haplocheira barbimanus ? – Stebbing 1914: 370 (questioned by Nicholls 1938). Haplocheira barbimanus – Schellenberg 1931: 232. — Nicholls 1938: 127 (in part). — J.L. Barnard 1958: 113 (in part); 1972: 25 (in key), 130 (in part). — Gonzalez 1991: 53. — De Broyer & Jażdżewski 1993: 30. — Chiesa et al. 2005: 170. Haplocheira robusta – Lowry & Bullock 1976: 33 (in part). — Moore & Myers 1983: 212–213, figs 18– 20, 22. — J.L. Barnard & Karaman 1991: 197. Haplocheira barbimana robusta – Moore & Myers 1983: 212–213, figs 18–20, 22. — Chiesa et al. 2005: 170, tb. 2, 172, tb. 3. — De Broyer et al. 2007: 242. Material examined CHILE • 1 ♂ (4.2 mm); Isla Allen SE; -44.03486666°, -74.1894°; 5 m depth; 11 Apr. 2014; 260HF21; wood; ZMB 34098 (Figs 7–11) • 8 specs; Bahia Edwards; -45.91555°, -73.66136666°; 3 m depth; 17 Apr. 2014; 609HF21; with stones; ZMB 34097. Description (based on ♂, 4.2 mm) BODY (Fig. 7a). Head longer than deep, as long as first two pereonites, anterior head lobe rounded, eyes oval. Pereonites 1–5 subequal in length, pereonite 6 shortest, pereonite 7 longest. Pleonites 1 and 2 subequal in length, pleonite 3 longest; posteroventral angle of epimeron of pleonite 1 (Fig. 7a) with short point, that of pleonites 2 and 3 roundly angular and with slender setae on the lateral face along the ventral margin. Urosomite 1 longest; urosomites 2 and 3 equally long. HEAD APPENDAGES. Antenna 1 (Fig. 7c) shorter than antenna 2; peduncle articles 1–3 narrowing, length ratios 1: 0.8: 0.38;accessory flagellum biarticulate, first article overreaches 1 st article of primary flagellum, very short second article terminally (14% of 1 st article), with a tuft of apical setae; primary flagellum with 7 articles, 5 apical articles with 1 aesthetasc each and several short setae. Antenna 2 (Fig. 7d) peduncle article 1 scale-like; article 2 with narrow produced nephridial cone; article 3 subquadrate; article 4 and 5 subrectangular, peduncular length ratios 1:0.9: 2: 3.4: 2.8; flagellum of 3 articles, aside from slender setae a pair of robust setae on distal margin of each flagellum article. Mandible (Fig. 7b, e) with strongly produced molar column, triturative molar surface; row of stout rakers; lacinia mobilis and incisor multidentate; palp 3-articulate; article 1 with 1 distal slender seta; article 2 slightly curved, with 2 long mediomarginal setae and two thin setae; article 3 straight, distally rounded with a tuft of long slender setae; length ratios of article 1–3: 1: 1.3: 0.9. Lower lip (hypopharynx) (Fig. 7g) with rounded inner lobes and wide distal lobes and short mandibular processes. Maxilla 1 (Fig. 8a) inner plate with 10 long plumose setae on apicomedial margin; outer plate with 8 robust setae distomarginally; palp 2-articulate with short 1 st article and long distal article, longer than outer plate, with 5 robust setae distally and group of slender, plumose setae submarginally. Maxilla 2 (Fig. 10d) outer lobe slightly longer and narrower (80%) than inner lobe; inner lobe apart from terminal setae with additional setal row subapically on face and along medial margin. Maxilliped inner plate (Fig. 8b) slightly expanded distally, truncate apically, with plumose setae along medial margin and apically; outer plate (Fig. 8c) narrow, lanceolate with few robust setae medioapicomarginally and two setulated setae on the outer distal margin; palp (Fig. 8d) 4-articulate, length ratios: 1: 2: 1.15: 0.7; palp article 1 distally oblique; article 2 weakly convex on both margins, inner margin with a row of long slender marginal setae and another row of submarginal setae; article 3 weakly expanded distally with long setation in apical half; article 4 tapering distally, rounded tip and some medioapical setae. PEREON. Gnathopod 1 (Fig. 9a) coxa subrectangular, rounded ventrally; basis about the length of coxa, with some long setae posteromarginally; ischium wider than long; merus 2× the length of ischium, tapering into a narrow process; carpus expanded distally with a row of long slender setae on the medial face, posterior margin with a row of similar setae; propodus longer and narrower than carpus with setation on both margins, posterodistally drawn out into a tooth; dactylus falcate with a pointed process on the distal ⅔ of the inner curvature. Gnathopod 2 (Fig. 9b) coxa subrectangular with a fringe of setae ventromarginally; basis as long as coxa with some long setae posteromarginally; ischium wider than long, apically oblique; merus subrectangular with row of setae on distal margin; carpus subrectangular with row of long slender setae along posterior margin and diagonal on medial face; propodus slightly tapering distally, long slender setae on both margins; dactylus weakly falcate. Pereopods 3 and 4 (Fig. 10a, c) coxa subrectangular, ventral margin rounded with fringe setae; basis posteromarginally roundly expanded; ischium slightly wider than long; merus posterodistally expanded; carpus ovoid, longer than wide; propodus tapering distally; dactylus only weakly curved; length ratios ischium to dactylus 1: 2.3: 1.4: 2:1.6. Pereopod 5 (Fig. 10b) coxa bilobate, anterior lobe 2.2× as long as posterior lobe, overlapping anterior ⅓ of basis; basis as long as wide, anterior margin convex, proximoposterior rounded lobe; ischium 2× as wide as long; merus subrectangular; carpus shorter than merus, subrectangular with robust setae antero- and posterodistally; propodus tapering distally with robust setae on lateral face; dactylus straight; length ratios ischium to dactylus: 1:2: 1.6: 2.5: 1.1. Pereopod 6 (Fig. 11a) coxa bilobed, anterior lobe narrower and slightly longer than posterior shallow lobe; basis ovoid, anterior and margins convex, posteroventral lobe shorter than distal ischium margin; ischium 1.9 × as wide as long; anteroventral angle of basis and ischium and anterior margin of merus with long slender setae; merus posteroventral angle slightly drawn out; carpus subrectangular; propodus tapering distally, with groups of robust setae on the lateral face; dactylus rather straight; postero- and anteroventral angles of merus and carpus with robust setae; length ratios of ischium to dactylus: 1: 2.2: 2: 2.7: 1.3. Pereopod 7 (Fig. 11b) coxa 2.2× as wide as long, oblique anteriorly, rounded posteriorly; basis similar to that pereopod 6, but posteroventral lobe wider and longer than distal ischium margin and proximoposteromarginally narrower; ischium 1.7× as wide as long; merus to propodus as for pereopod 6; dactylus strongly falcate. PLEON AND UROSOME. Pleopod 1 (Fig. 11d) peduncle subquadrate, mediodistal angle drawn out, 2 coupling hooks, outer ramus shorter than inner (77%). Uropod 1 (Fig. 11c) peduncle 1.3 × as long as wide, about the length of outer ramus, with long pointed ventral process; some robust setae on outer margin and 1 on the mediodistal angle; outer ramus somewhat shorter than the inner, with robust setae on both margins and apically, inner ramus with robust setae on the medial margin and apically. Uropod 2 (Fig. 11e) peduncle longer than rami, outer ramus less than half the length of peduncle; inner ramus 1.4× the length of outer ramus, both rami with a group of terminal setae, 1 additional seta on the margin of the outer ramus and 2 on the dorsal face of the inner ramus. Uropod 3 (Figs 10e, 11f) peduncle subquadrate, outer ramus short with a group of apical setae, inner ramus scale-like with 1 terminal robust seta. Telson (Fig. 10e) tapering, 1.4× as wide as long, entire and rounded. Distribution (amended after De Broyer et al. 2007) Falkland Islands: East Falkland Island, Port Stanley, low water (bottom/habitat: in seaweed and in a sponge) (Stebbing 1914); Port Albemarle, 40 m (bottom/habitat: sand, algae); Berkeley Sound, 16 m (bottom/habitat: gravel, shells, algae); Port William, 22 m (bottom/habitat: sand); Port Louis, 3–4 m (bottom/habitat: shells, stones); Sparrow Cove, 11–13 m (bottom/habitat: shells) (Schellenberg 1931); Discovery 1925–27, stn 53, East Falkland Island, Port Stanley, 0–2 m (bottom/habitat: kelp roots); stn 54, East Falkland Island, Port Stanley, shore; stn 58, East Falkland Island, Port Stanley, piles of jetty, 1–2 m (gear: mussel rake); stn WS 71, East Falkland Island, NE of Cape Pembroke, 82 m (bottom: sand; gear: commercial otter trawl); stn WS 85, SE of Lively Island, 79 m (bottom: sand, shells; gear: commercial otter trawl) (K.H. Barnard 1932). Magellan Province: Ultima Esperanza, 13–18 m (bottom/habitat: algae, clay, stones); Bahia Inutil, 36–54 m (bottom/habitat: shells); Punta Arenas, 27 m (bottom/habitat: shells); Rio Seco, 18–36 m (bottom/habitat: shells); Puerto Madryn, 4–10 m (bottom/habitat: sand, clay); Isla Larga, Canal Smith, 14 m; Puerto Bueno; Bahia Ushuaia, 0–4 m; Banco Sarmiento, -52.4°, -68.15°, 22 m; -54.716667°, -64.133333°, 36 m (bottom/habitat: pebble, gravel) (Schellenberg 1931); Discovery 1925–27, stn WS 86, -53.883333°, -60.566667°, 147–151 m (bottom/habitat: sand, shells, stones; gear: commercial otter trawl) (K.H. Barnard 1932); Hudson 70, Southern Chile, Punta Wulaia, low water reef; Cabo de Hornos: stn F24, stn F12, stn 722 (Moore & Myers 1983); Punta Arenas; Bahia Inutil (Gonzalez 1991); southern Tierra del Fuego, Ushuaia, -54.816667°, -68.266667°; Isla Gable, -54.9°, -67.35°, 15–20 m (gear: dredge); Punta Moat, -55.033333°, -66.7°, 15–25 m (gear: dredge); Cabo San Pio, -55.05°, -66.616667°, 30–35 m (gear: dredge); Bahia Slogget, -55°, -66.35°, 15–27 m (gear: dredge) (Chiesa et al. 2005); Bahia Edwards, -45.91555°, -73.661367°, Isla Allen, -44.034867°, -74.1894°, 3–5 m; wood, stones (this study). Depth range 0– 151 m. Type locality East Falkland Island, Discovery 1925–27, stn 53, Port Stanley, 0–2 m (bottom/habitat: kelp roots). Type specimen location The Natural History Museum, London. Remarks Haplocheira barbimana (Thomson, 1879) and Haplocheira robusta K.H. Barnard, 1932 are today classified as the subspecies H. barbimana barbimana and H. barbimana robusta (Moore & Myers 1983). Haplocheira barbimana barbimana occurs around New Zealand and Auckland Island, whereas H. barbimana robusta is distributed in waters of Chile, Cape Horn and the Falkland Islands (Moore & Myers 1983). There are slight differences between the subspecies, e.g., the body length range of H. barbimana robusta seems to be slightly greater. There is some degree of variability of characters (e.g., details of head, bases of pereopods 5–7, epimeral plates) and part of it seems to be dependent on the life history stage and their length. The specimen studied herein agrees mostly with the few published descriptions, except for the following: (1) the shape of the telson: in K.H. Barnard’s (1932) original description the telson is subrectangular, with tapering distal third, small laterally curved processes or spines on a truncate distal margin (vs evenly rounded distally); (2) the ischium of pereopod 5 seems shorter in Barnard’s illustration; (3) the rami of the pleopod illustrated by K.H. Barnard are equal in length (vs clearly shortened outer ramus)., Published as part of Coleman, Charles Oliver, Krapp-Schickel, Traudl & Häussermann, Vreni, 2022, Amphipod crustaceans from Chilean Patagonia, pp. 1-57 in European Journal of Taxonomy 849 (1) on pages 12-20, DOI: 10.5852/ejt.2022.849.1995, http://zenodo.org/record/7427542, {"references":["Barnard K. H. 1932. Amphipoda. Discovery Reports. Cambridge University Press, London. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. part. 27664","De Broyer C., Lowry J. K., Jazdzewski K. & Robert H. 2007. Catalogue of the gammaridean and corophiidean Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean, with distribution and ecological data. In: De Broyer C. (ed.) Census of Antarctic Marine Life: Synopsis of the Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Vol. I. Bulletin de l'Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique, Biologie 77 (Supplement 1): 1 - 325.","Thomson G. M. 1879. New Zealand Crustacea, with descriptions of new species. Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute 11: 230 - 248.","Stebbing T. R. R. 1914. Crustacea from the Falkland Islands collected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin, F. L. S. Part II. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1914: 341 - 378. https: // doi. org / 10.1111 / j. 1469 - 7998.1914. tb 07042. x","Nicholls G. E. 1938. Amphipoda Gammaridea. Scientific Reports Australasian Antarctic Expedition 1911 - 14. Series C, Zoology and Botany 2 (4): 1 - 145.","Schellenberg A. 1931. Gammariden und Caprelliden des Magellangebietes, Sudgeorgiens und der Westantarktis. Further Zoological Results of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition 1901 - 1903 2 (6): 1 - 290.","Barnard J. L. 1958. Index to the families, genera and species of the gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea). Allan Hancock Foundation, Occasional Papers 19: 1 - 145.","Gonzalez E. 1991. Actual state of gammaridean amphipoda taxonomy and catalogue of species from Chile. Hydrobiologia 223: 47 - 68. https: // doi. org / 10.1007 / BF 000476282","De Broyer C. & Jazdzewski K. 1993. Contribution to the marine biodiversity inventory. A checklist of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean. Documents de Travail de l'Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique 73: 1 - 154.","Chiesa I. L., Alonso G. M. & Zelaya D. G. 2005. Species richness and faunistic affinities of the Gammaridea and Corophiidea (Amphipoda) from shallow waters of southern Tierra del Fuego, Argentina: preliminary results. Scientia Marina 69 (Suppl. 2): 167 - 174. https: // doi. org / 10.3989 / scimar. 2005.69 s 2167","Lowry J. K. & Bullock W. 1976. Catalogue of the marine gammaridean Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Bulletin of the Royal Society of New Zealand 16: 1 - 187.","Moore P. G. & Myers A. A. 1983. A revision of the Haplocheira group of genera (Amphipoda: Aoridae). Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 79: 179 - 221. https: // doi. org / 10.1111 / j. 1096 - 3642.1983. tb 01165. x","Barnard J. L. & Karaman G. S. 1991. The families and genera of marine gammaridean Amphipoda (except marine gammaroids). Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 13: 1 - 866. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.13.1991.91"]}

Labriphimedia vespuccii K.H. Barnard, 1931 Figs 18–22 Labriphimedia vespuccii K.H. Barnard, 1931: 427. Labriphimedia vespuccii – K.H. Barnard 1932: 124, fig. 69. — J.L. Barnard 1958: 18. — Lowry & Bullock 1976: 15. — Watling & Thurston 1989: 311. — J.L. Barnard & Karaman 1991: 396. — De Broyer & Jażdżewski 1993: 57. — Coleman 2007: 111, fig. 71a–b, map 34 (circle). — De Broyer et al. 2007: 104. Material examined CHILE • 1 ♀ (21 mm) (Figs 18–22), 4 juvs; Punta Garro; -46.315167°, -73.652033°; 20 m depth; 30 Nov. 2011; HF11C355; rock, on gorgonian; ZMB 34096 • 1 unsexed spec.; Isla Jorge; -44.861483°, -74.005400°; 18 m depth; 22 Nov. 2011; HF11C087; coarse sand with stones; ZMB 34095. Description (based on ovigerous ♀, 21 mm) BODY (Fig. 18a). Head with small oval eyes; rostrum (Fig. 18a, d) moderately short and wide; frontal head margin sinuous. Pereonite 1 as long as pereonites 1 and 2 combined. Pereonites 4–6 subequal in length; posteroventral angle of tergites 5 and 6 angular and pointed respectively. Pereonite 7 with posteromarginal pair of pointed processes, space between paired dorsal processes strongly narrowed at the segmental border and v-shaped; posteroventral angle pointed and drawn out. Pleonite 1 with subequal posteromarginal paired processes as on pereonite 7; posterior margin with small point; epimeral plate rounded ventrally. Pleonite 2 with subequal posteromarginal paired processes as on pereonite 7, middorsal crest and shallow hump, seen from lateral side; posteromarginal lateral margin with small point; posteroventral corner acutely drawn out, dorsally of the process margin somewhat serrate. Pleonite 3 with two shorter posteromarginal paired processes and between these a short carina; posterior lateral margin of epimeral plate 3 with pointed process and ventrally of that serrate, posteroventral corner with pointed with process, about the size of that on epimeral plate 2. Urosomite 1 longest, with a notch seen from laterally. Urosomite 2 shortest. Urosomite 3 twice the length of urosomite 2. HEAD APPENDAGES. Antenna 1 (Fig. 18b, d) peduncular article 1 massive, 1.5 × as long as wide, subrectangular and distally straight except for two subacute lobe; peduncular article 2 about half the length of article 1 (57%), with two apical pointed drawn out equally long processes, not exceeding beyond distal margin of article 3; article 3 subrectangular, with inconspicuous, scale-like vestige of an accessory flagellum; primary flagellum first article longer than next two articles, number of flagellum articles unknown (broken off at the tip). Antenna 2 (Fig. 19e) peduncular article 4 1.5 × as long as article 3, with 2 pointed processes; peduncular article 5 slightly longer than 4, distally straight; flagellum article 1 about as long as the following 3 articles combined; number of flagellum articles unknown (broken off at the tip). Upper lip (labrum) entire, with fields of hair-like setae on both sides of the apex. Mandible (Fig. 18c, e–f) tapering distally, incisor without dentation, rounded, medially excavate; no lacinia mobilis on both sides; molar vestigial, rounded lobe without triturative surface; palp article ratios (from article 1 to 3) 1:1.6:1:4; article 1 without setation, article 2 with a group of distomedial setae; article 3 lanceolate with a row of plumose setae mediomarginally, inner surface covered by hair-like setae. Lower lip (hypopharynx) with wide lobes and rather narrow lateral lobes. Maxilla 1 (Fig. 19a) inner lobe tapering distally, with 8 plumose setae on the mediodistal margin; outer plate with 11 in part serrate spine-like setae distomarginally; palp biarticulate, longer than outer plate, article 2 1.9× the length of article 1, tapering distally, with 6 terminal setae. Maxilla 2 (Fig. 19b) inner plate slightly shorter than outer plate, 1.4× as wide as outer plate; two rows of setae (see detail drawing) apically. Maxilliped (Fig. 19d) inner plates (Fig. 19c) subrectangular, outer margins slightly convex, with medial row of long setae mediomarginally, apical margin with shorter setae; outer plate (Fig. 20a) tapering distally with dense setation apicomedially and apicolaterally, apex almost reaching distal margin of palp article 2; palp (Fig. 20b) with 3 long articles and 1 minute article inserted subapically on article 3, length ratios of article 1–4 1:0.7:0.7: 0.09, article 2 not produced forward and not guarding along inside article 3. PEREON. Gnathopod 1 (Fig. 20c, e) coxa ventrally rounded; basis about as long as merus to dactylus combined, with row of setae anteromarginally, posterior margin convex, anterior margin sinuous; ischium subrectangular, 1.6× as long as wide; merus tapering distally into a point, about as long as propodus; carpus attached along the medial side of merus, slightly longer than propodus; propodus with several setae distally forming a chela with finger-like dactylus. Gnathopod 2 (Figs 20d, 21a) coxa tapering distally with serrate apex; basis subrectangular with oblique distal margin; ischium subequal in length to merus; carpus slightly expanded distally and with posteromarginal groups of setae; propodus longer than carpus with groups of setae on both margins, posterodistal lobe and dactylus form a chela. Pereopod 3 (Fig. 21d) coxa anterior margin convex, posterior margin straight, apex rounded with some small teeth posterodistally; basis subrectangular, laterally with a semicircular lobe in the middle of the distal margin; ischium longer than wide, with similar lobe in the middle of distal margin; merus expanded distally somewhat drawn out antero- and posterodistally, with some robust setae; carpus weakly expanded with shallow lobe on medial side, with groups of robust setae on posterior margin, posterodistal angle and anterodistal margin; propodus subrectangular with groups of robust setae posteromarginally; dactylus weakly curved; length ratios ischium to dactylus: 1: 1.5: 1.3: 2.5:1.2. Pereopod 4 (Fig. 21c) coxa anteriorly strongly convex, posteroventrally rectangular, posterior margin with narrow rounded lobe in the middle; basis half as long as coxa, subrectangular with rounded lobe in the middle of distal margin; ischium longer than wide with similar lobe as basis; merus to dactylus subequal to that of pereopod 3. Pereopod 5 (Fig. 22a) coxa bilobed, anterior lobe semicircular, posterior lobe subangular posteromarginally; basis slightly longer than wide (1.2×), anterior margin with groups of robust setae, anterodistal angle acutely drawn out, ventrally rounded, not surpassing distal margin of ischium, posterior margin drawn out, truncate to slightly excavate with serrate margin on proximal ⅔; ischium wider than long, with acutely drawn out anterodistal corner; merus distally expanded, posterodistally strongly produced into a pointed lobe, anterodistally with short point; carpus and propodus subrectangular; dactylus stout and rather short; length ratios merus to dactylus: 1:0.9:1.5: 0.39. Pereopod 6 (Fig. 22c) coxa bilobed, equally long, anterior lobe rounded, posterior lobe drawn out posteriorly into a pointed tip, posteroventral margin weakly serrate; basis about as wide as long, ventrally not surpassing distal margin of ischium, anterior margin lined with robust setae, anteroventral angle pointed and produced, posterior and posteroventral margin serrate, drawn out tooth on ventral third of posterior margin; ischium wider than long, excluded pointed lobe anteroventrally; merus distally expanded, with groups of robust setae anteromarginally, posterodistally acutely drawn out, short process anterodistally. Pereopod 7 (Fig. 22b) coxa ventrally rounded and weakly serrate, posteriorly pointed; basis convex anteromarginally with robust setae, anterodistally acutely drawn out, posteromarginally sinuous and serrate, with truncate posterior margin, drawn out tooth posteroventrally, basis surpassing distal margin of ischium; ischium longer than wide, with small pointed anterodistal tooth; merus distally widened and acutely drawn out posterodistally, anterior margin with groups of robust setae and shorter setae posteromarginally; carpus weakly expanded distally and with anteromarginal groups of robust setae; propodus longer than carpus; length ratios ischium to dactylus: 1: 2,5: 2.4: 3: 1.2. U ROSOME. Uropod 1 (Fig. 21b) peduncle longer than rami, with robust setae on both margins; rami slender and subequal. Uropod 2 (Fig. 22d) peduncle outer margin with some robust setae; outer ramus slightly shorter than peduncle, outer ramus 0.67 × the length of the inner ramus. Uropod 3 (Fig. 22e) inner ramus 3× the length of the peduncle. Telson (Fig. 21e) 1.4× as long as wide, roundly notched apically (27 % depth), lobes pointed; dorsal face with 2 lateral groups of 3 plumose sensory setae. Distribution Falkland Islands: Discovery 1925–27, stn 51, off Eddystone Rock, 105–115 m (bottom/habitat: fine sand; gear: large heavy dredge, large otter trawl, nets) (K.H. Barnard 1932). Magellan Province: Isla Jorge; Punta Garro, 18–20 m (this study). Depth range 18– 115 m. Type locality Discovery 1925–27, stn 51, off Eddystone Rock, 105–115 m (K.H. Barnard 1932). Type specimen location The Natural History Museum, London. Remarks This is the first full description of this species since the original description and some illustrations given one year later by K.H. Barnard (1931, 1932). The original material had been collected off the Falkland Islands. Between K.H. Barnard’s descriptions and the Magellan material, redescribed herein, there are a few minor differences:(1) dorsal paired teeth on pleon shorter than described in the holotype; (2) middorsal tooth on pleonite 3 shorter; (3) traces of serration on epimeral plate 2 (vs smooth); (4) urosomite 1 with middorsal angular process (vs pointed tooth) and no posteromarginal carina (vs pointed tooth)., Published as part of Coleman, Charles Oliver, Krapp-Schickel, Traudl & Häussermann, Vreni, 2022, Amphipod crustaceans from Chilean Patagonia, pp. 1-57 in European Journal of Taxonomy 849 (1) on pages 29-36, DOI: 10.5852/ejt.2022.849.1995, http://zenodo.org/record/7427542, {"references":["Barnard K. H. 1931. Diagnosis of new genera and species of amphipod Crustacea collected during the ' Discovery' investigations, 1925 - 1927. Annals and Magazine of Natural History (10) 7: 425 - 430. https: // doi. org / 10.1080 / 00222933108673327","Barnard K. H. 1932. Amphipoda. Discovery Reports. Cambridge University Press, London. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. part. 27664","Barnard J. L. 1958. Index to the families, genera and species of the gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea). Allan Hancock Foundation, Occasional Papers 19: 1 - 145.","Lowry J. K. & Bullock W. 1976. Catalogue of the marine gammaridean Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Bulletin of the Royal Society of New Zealand 16: 1 - 187.","Watling L. & Thurston M. H. 1989. Antarctica as an evolutionary incubator: evidence from the cladistic biogeography of the amphipod family Iphimediidae. In: Crame J. A. (ed.) Origins and Evolution of the Antarctic Biota: 297 - 313. The Geological Society Special Publication 47. London. https: // doi. org / 10.1144 / GSL. SP. 1989.047.01.22","Barnard J. L. & Karaman G. S. 1991. The families and genera of marine gammaridean Amphipoda (except marine gammaroids). Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 13: 1 - 866. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.13.1991.91","De Broyer C. & Jazdzewski K. 1993. Contribution to the marine biodiversity inventory. A checklist of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean. Documents de Travail de l'Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique 73: 1 - 154.","Coleman C. O. 2007. Acanthonotozomellidae, Amathillopsidae, Dikwidae, Epimeriidae, Iphimediidae Ochlesidae and Vicmusiidae. In: De Broyer C. (ed.) Census of Antarctic Marine Life. Synopsis of the Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean Vol. 2. Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Bruxelles.","De Broyer C., Lowry J. K., Jazdzewski K. & Robert H. 2007. Catalogue of the gammaridean and corophiidean Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean, with distribution and ecological data. In: De Broyer C. (ed.) Census of Antarctic Marine Life: Synopsis of the Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Vol. I. Bulletin de l'Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique, Biologie 77 (Supplement 1): 1 - 325."]}

Epimeria (Metepimeria) acanthurus (Schellenberg, 1931) Figs 12–17, 30d Metepimeria acanthurus Schellenberg, 1931: 162, fig. 85, pl. 1 fig. g. Epimeria acanthurus – K.H. Barnard 1932: 176, figs 104b, 108, pl. 1: fig. Metepimeria acanthurus – J.L. Barnard 1958: 108. — Lowry & Bullock 1976: 122. — Watling & Holman 1981: 216–217, fig. 22. — J.L. Barnard & Karaman 1991: 397. — Gonzalez 1991: 60. — De Broyer & Jażdżewski 1993: 36. — Lörz & Brandt 2004: 179–190 (phylogeny). — Coleman 2007: 61, fig. 36, map 1 (rhomb). “ Epimeria inermis 1” – Rauschert & Arntz 2015: 61, pl. 54. Epimeria (Metepimeria) acanthurus – d’Udekem d’Acoz & Verheye 2017: 117–118. Material examined CHILE • 1 ♀ (22 mm) with setose oostegites and slightly damaged mouthparts; Isla van der Meulen; -48.2901°, -74.33583333°; 15 m depth; 23 Apr. 2015; 250HF24; on hydrozoans, sponges, gorgonians and soft corals (e.g., Alcyonium haddoni Wright & Studer, 1889); colour: orange with white specks, especially on the tergites of the pereonites; ZMB 34099 (Figs 12–17) • 1 dissected ♀ (unspecified type material, with setose oostegites; Puerto Harris; 11 Mar. 1896; Museum Stockholm leg.; ZMB 22838. Description (based on ♀ with setose oostegites, 22 mm). BODY. Head (Fig. 12a, d) with slightly curved rostrum; eyes large and oval; frontal head margin weakly produced, ventral head margin straight. Pereonites 1–2 (Fig. 12a) slightly longer than pereonite 3. Pereonites 3–5 successively longer. Pereonite 5 with mid-dorsal rounded hump at posterior margin. Pereonites 6 and 7 dorsal outline sinuous and mid-dorsal rounded upright hump at posterior margin, that on pereonite 7 larger and slightly more curved posteriorly than that on 6; posterodorsolateral rounded hump on both sides. Pleonites (Fig. 12a) 1–3 progressively longer; pleonites 1–2 with similar dorsal outline as pereonite 7 and posterodorsolateral humps; pleonite 2 with additional hump anteriorly; pleonite 3 with 2 shallow dorsal depressions and mid-dorsal hump anterior of segmental end; posterior margins of pleonites sinuous; posteroventral corner of pleonite 1 angular, those of pleonites 2–3 pointed. Urosomite 1 longest, with mid-dorsal pointed process; urosomite 2 shortest; urosomite 3 with shallow lateral dorsal ridges. HEAD APPENDAGES. Antenna 1 (Fig. 13d) peduncle stout, without long processes, peduncular articles length ratios: 1:0.4: 0.3; accessory flagellum uni-articulate, small, scale-like; flagellum 1 st article about as long as the next 3 articles, more than 11 articles (tip broken off) with groups of long setae and aesthetascs. Antenna 2 (Fig. 13c) peduncular articles 1–2 circumpass article 3; peduncular articles 4 and 5 subequal; flagellum 1 st article about as long as the next 3 articles, flagellum of more than 23 articles (tip broken off). Upper lip (labrum) (Fig. 12b) tapering distally with a shallow notch and fine setation on both sides of the notch. Mandible (Fig. 13a–b, e) body slender, molar triturative with serrate margins and tuft of setae on proximal margin; spine row consisting of 4 stout blade-like setae and slender additional setae; lacinia mobilis distally expanded, with 5 teeth; incisor with 6 stout rounded teeth; palp 3-articulate, length ratios of article 1–3: 1: 3.5: 2.9. Lower lip (hypopharynx) (Fig. 12c) with tapering distally subacute lobe and relatively short mandibular lobe. Maxilla 1 (Fig. 14a) inner plate with 10 plumose setae on medial margin, outer plate oblique with 11 distal spine-like setae with 1–3 distomedial processes; palp 2-articulate with short basal article and unknown distal article (damaged). Maxilla 2 (Fig. 14c) inner plate slightly narrower (92%) compared to outer plate, somewhat tapering distally, two rows of setae from the tip along the medial margin; outer plate subovoid with double row at apex drawing medially. Maxilliped inner plate (Fig. 14b) tapering distally, with 3 nodular setae apically, row of slender setae medially and subapically; outer plate (Fig. 14d) ovoid with serration (Fig. 15a) distomedially, row of setae along medial margin and submarginally distally; palp damaged. PEREON. Gnathopod 1 (Fig. 15b) coxa tapering distally, apex pointed, few setae posteromarginally and some on medial face; basis slightly longer than coxa (104%), with row of short, slender setae anteromarginally and two groups of longer setae posteromarginally; ischium subquadrate; merus length 1.5× width, tapering distally, oblique apex with group of setae; carpus and propodus subequal in length with groups of setae posteromarginally; carpus with group of setae anterodistally; propodus with groups of setae on distal half of medial side; dactylus slightly curved with serrate inner curvature and distal unguis. Gnathopod 2 (Fig. 15c) similar in shape as gnathopod 1, but articles longer and coxa somewhat more bulky and with more setae on medial face. Pereopod 3 (Fig. 16a) coxa with rounded apex, weakly sinuous and with row of short setae posteromarginally; basis as long as merus and carpus combined, with setae on proximal lateral face and on both margins; ischium slightly expanded distally, slightly longer than wide; ischium to dactylus length ratios 1: 2.6: 2.1: 2.0: 1.3 and stout setae posteromarginally. Pereopod 4 (Fig. 16b–c) coxa longer than wide (116%), anteromarginally shallowly excavate; apex oblique, posterior margin with pointed process; basis as long as merus and carpus combined; ischium longer than wide, somewhat expanded distally; length ratios ischium to dactylus 1: 2.7: 2: 2.3:1.2. Pereopod 5 coxa (Fig. 17a) wider than long (119%) with wide anterior lobe and minute posterior lobe; basis anteromarginally straight, setose, posteroproximally lobate, posterodistomarginally straight, posterodistal oblique lobe; ischium subquadrate with posteromarginal notch; length ratios ischium to dactylus 1: 1.7: 2: 2.9: 1.2; merus and carpus drawn out anterodistally; ischium to propodus with robust setae along posterior margin. Pereopod 6 (Fig. 17b) similar in shape to pereopod 5, but anterior lobe of coxa smaller. Pereopod 7 (Fig. 17c) coxa slightly longer than wide (110%); basis posterior margin sinuous, posteroventral angle rounded and drawn out; length ratios ischium to dactylus 1: 2.1: 1.9: 2.5:1, shape and setation of these articles as for pereopod 5 and 6. PLEOSOME AND UROSOME. Pleopod 1 (Fig. 16f) peduncle tapering distally; two coupling hooks on inner distal angle; rami longer than peduncle (145%), each article with a pair of long feather-like setae. Uropod 1 (Fig. 17f) peduncle weakly shorter than rami (94%), with robust setae on outer margin and a group of slender setae medioproximally; rami subequal. Uropod 2 peduncle (Fig. 17g) shorter than rami; outer ramus shorter than outer ramus (139 % of peduncle), inner ramus 2× the peduncle length. Uropod 3 (Fig. 17h) peduncle shortest; rami lanceolate, subequal in length, 2 × the peduncle length. Telson slightly longer than wide (113%), notched 24%. Distribution (amended from De Broyer et al. 2007) Falkland Islands: Discovery 1925–27: stn WS 81, West Falkland Island, off North Island, 81–82 m (bottom/habitat: sand; gear: nets); stn WS 85, East Falkland Island, off Lively sand; gear: nets); stn WS 85, East Falkland Island, off Lively Island, 79 m (bottom/habitat: sand, shells; gear: commercial otter trawl); stn WS 86, -53.883333°, -60.566667°, 151– 147 m (bottom/habitat: sand, shells, stones; gear: commercial otter trawl) (K.H. Barnard 1932). Magellan Province: Puerto Condor, 90 m (bottom/habitat: rocks, ascidians); Bahia Harris, 27 m (bottom/ habitat: shells) (Schellenberg 1931); Eltanin 9, stn 740, -56.1° to -56.116667°, -66.325°, 384–494 m; Hero 715, stn 894, -54.913333° to -55.916667°, -64.3° to -64.333333°, 263–285 m (Watling & Holman 1981); Isla van der Meulen, 15 m (on hydrozoans) (this study). Depth range 27– 494 m. Type locality Magellan Province: Puerto Condor, 90 m (bottom/habitat: rocks, ascidians); Bahia Harris, 27 m (bottom/ habitat: shells) (Schellenberg 1931). Type specimen location ZMB, Berlin. Remarks When compared with the type material, stored at the Museum für Naturkunde Berlin (ZMB 22838), there are a few differences in the redescribed material: (1) less pronounced depression in the middle of the dorsal carinae on pereonites and pleonites; (2) shorter middorsal and symmetrical process on urosomite 1 (vs anterior margin shorter than posterior); (3) pereopod coxa 3 proximo-posteromarginally narrower; (4) pereopod coxa 4 with a narrower ventral margin, which additionally has a weak depression; (5) colour orange with white specks (vs white with red stripes in the type description: Schellenberg 1931: 162). The few details illustrated by K.H. Barnard (1932) of material collected off the Falklands, deviate from our material in (1) the posterior margin of pleonite 3, which has a rather straight posterior margin with a pointed tooth and a drawn out middorsal carina (vs sinuous margin with rounded protrusion and rounded middorsal hump); (2) the pointed middorsal, slightly forward curved tooth (vs straight subacute tooth) on urosomite 1 and (3) the posteroventral angles of the basis of pereopods 5–7 are drawn out acutely (vs angularly subacute). Watling & Holman (1981) published on material collected south of the Isla de los Estados. Their drawings match our material, except for the telson, which is notched only 12% (vs 26% in our material)., Published as part of Coleman, Charles Oliver, Krapp-Schickel, Traudl & Häussermann, Vreni, 2022, Amphipod crustaceans from Chilean Patagonia, pp. 1-57 in European Journal of Taxonomy 849 (1) on pages 20-29, DOI: 10.5852/ejt.2022.849.1995, http://zenodo.org/record/7427542, {"references":["Schellenberg A. 1931. Gammariden und Caprelliden des Magellangebietes, Sudgeorgiens und der Westantarktis. Further Zoological Results of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition 1901 - 1903 2 (6): 1 - 290.","Barnard K. H. 1932. Amphipoda. Discovery Reports. Cambridge University Press, London. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. part. 27664","Barnard J. L. 1958. Index to the families, genera and species of the gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea). Allan Hancock Foundation, Occasional Papers 19: 1 - 145.","Lowry J. K. & Bullock W. 1976. Catalogue of the marine gammaridean Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Bulletin of the Royal Society of New Zealand 16: 1 - 187.","Watling L. & Holman H. 1981. Additional acanthonotozomatid, paramphitoid and stegocephalid Amphipoda from the Southern Ocean. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 94 (1): 181 - 227.","Barnard J. L. & Karaman G. S. 1991. The families and genera of marine gammaridean Amphipoda (except marine gammaroids). Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 13: 1 - 866. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.13.1991.91","Gonzalez E. 1991. Actual state of gammaridean amphipoda taxonomy and catalogue of species from Chile. Hydrobiologia 223: 47 - 68. https: // doi. org / 10.1007 / BF 000476282","De Broyer C. & Jazdzewski K. 1993. Contribution to the marine biodiversity inventory. A checklist of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean. Documents de Travail de l'Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique 73: 1 - 154.","Lorz A. - N. & Brandt A. 2004. Phylogeny of Antarctic Epimeria (Epimeriidae: Amphipoda). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 84 (1): 179 - 190. https: // doi. org / 10.1017 / S 002531540400904 Xh","Coleman C. O. 2007. Acanthonotozomellidae, Amathillopsidae, Dikwidae, Epimeriidae, Iphimediidae Ochlesidae and Vicmusiidae. In: De Broyer C. (ed.) Census of Antarctic Marine Life. Synopsis of the Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean Vol. 2. Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Bruxelles.","Rauschert M. & Arntz W. E. 2015. Antarctic Macrobenthos: A Field Guide of the Invertebrates Living at the Antarctic Seafloor. Arntz & Rauschert Selbstverlag, Wurster Nordseekuste, Germany.","d'Udekem d'Acoz C. & Verheye M. L. 2017. Epimeria of the Southern Ocean with notes on their relatives (Crustacea, Amphipoda, Eusiroidea). European Journal of Taxonomy 359: 1 - 553. https: // doi. org / 10.5852 / ejt. 2017.359","De Broyer C., Lowry J. K., Jazdzewski K. & Robert H. 2007. Catalogue of the gammaridean and corophiidean Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean, with distribution and ecological data. In: De Broyer C. (ed.) Census of Antarctic Marine Life: Synopsis of the Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Vol. I. Bulletin de l'Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique, Biologie 77 (Supplement 1): 1 - 325."]}

Abyssorchomene scotianensis (Andres, 1983) Figs 18–25 Orchomene scotianensis Andres, 1983: 205–212, figs 10–12. Orchomenopsis chilensis f. abyssorum Schellenberg, 1926: 291–292, fig. 27. Orchomenella abyssorum – Barnard K.H. 1932: 69, figs 27b, 28 (= Abyssorchomene cf. scotianensis , except fig. 27b = Abyssorchomene abyssorum). — Nicholls 1938: 35, fig. 15 (= Abyssorchomene cf. scotianensis). — Dahl 1954: 282 (= Abyssorchomene cf. scotianensis). — Birstein & Vinogradov 1962: 41 (= Abyssorchomene cf. scotianensis). Orchomene abyssorum – Arnaud 1974: 572 (ecology). — Lowry & Bullock 1976: 94–95 (in part). — Lowry 1982: 320. — Wakabara et al. 1990: 2, 4, 6 (= Abyssorchomene cf. scotianensis). — Barnard & Karaman 1991: 508 (in part). Abyssorchomene abyssorum – De Broyer 1983: 142–144 (in part). — De Broyer & Jażdżewski 1993: 64. — De Broyer et al. 1999: 166; 2001: 746, 749 (ecology); 2004: 1742, table 4 (ecology); 2007: 163. — Havermans et al. 2010: 204–207; 2011: 232, 235. — Havermans 2012: 96, 99–101, 104, 106–107, 116, 122, 156, 181, 195–196, 215, 226, 250–251, 260, 262. Orchomene (Abyssorchomene) abyssorum – Barnard & Ingram 1990: 26 (in discussion = in part). Orchomene sp. “L-shaped eye” – d’Udekem d’Acoz & Robert 2008: 51, 54. Abyssorchomene “L-shaped eye”, Abyssorchomene cf. scotianensis – Havermans et al. 2012: 36, 39. Abyssorchomene sp. n. aff. scotianensis – d’Udekem & Havermans 2012: fig. 31. New diagnosis Pereonites 1–7 and pleonites 1–2 smooth, without any dorsoposterior humps. Lateral cephalic lobe broadly rounded, dorsal and ventral margins regularly and nearly equally convex. Antennae 1–2 of male with calceoli, female without. Epistome weakly but distinctly protruding in front of upper lip (or level with upper lip). Maxilla 1 palp distal end strongly convex, with conical distal spines not contiguous. Maxilliped inner plate, distal margin regularly beveled, very slightly concave, with mediodistal extension slightly surpassing the level of the outer corner; outer plate inner margin weakly scalloped. Coxa 1 distinctly widened, distal width ~ 1.4 × proximal width. Gnathopod 2 propodus of female slender, length ~3 × width (similar in form to male), dactylus small, inserted in the middle of the distal margin, lacking a palm concavity. Coxa 5 slightly but distinctly posterolobate, posterior lobe irregularly convex, with distal half of posterior margin nearly straight. Pereopod 7 basis, distal third of posterior margin with a straight bevel. Uropod 1 peduncle length ~ 1.6 × length of outer ramus. Uropod 3 inner ramus barely reaches (or very slightly exceeds) distal end of article 1 of uropod 3 outer ramus. Telson cleft ~ 50% in female, more deeply cleft (up to 60%) in male. Material examined Paratypes SCOTIA SEA • 1 ♀ (9.0 mm), 1 juvenile (2.7 mm); FFS Walther Herwig, station 210, Hol 239; 63°22′ S, 054°10′ W; depth 0–223 m (bottom depth 235 m); gear, Rectangular Midwater Trawl (RMT) 1+ 8; 13 Jan. 1978; A. Baker and F. Nast leg.; ZMH K 32 401. Additional material WESTERN WEDDELL SEA • 1 ♀ (mature, 12 mm, figured, appendages on 2 slides); off East Peninsula, Larsen B; RV Polarstern ANT XXIII-8 (IPY-CAML), station PS69-706-7; 65°26.57′ S, 061°26.82′ W; depth 828 m; gear, fish traps; 15 Jan. 2007; C. d’Udekem d’Acoz and H. Robert leg.; CMNC 2022-0005 • 1 ♀ (9.5 mm, head figured); same collection data as for preceding; CMNC 2022-0006 • ♂ (12.4 mm, figured, appendages on 2 slides); same collection data as for preceding; CMNC 2022-0007 • 9 ♂♂ (8–11 mm); same collection data as for preceding; RBINS INV. 138.498 • 2 ♂♂, 2 ♀♀, 2 juveniles; same collection data as for preceding; RBINS INV. 138.490 • 1 ♂, 1 ♀; same collection data as for preceding; RBINS INV. 138.493 • 51 specs (♀ up to 11.4 mm); same collection data as for preceding; RBINS INV. 138.494 • 50 specs (♀ up to 11.0 mm); same collection data as for preceding; CMNC 2022-0008. ROSS SEA • 2 ♂♂ (8.6 mm, 5.5 mm), 2 ♀♀ (5.8 mm, 5.5 mm); Ross Ice Shelf, station J9; 82°22′30″ S, 168°37′33″ E; depth 600 m (under ice 415 m thick); gear, baited traps; 7–29 Dec. 1977; T. DeLaca and W.L. Stockton leg.; RBINS INV. 138.495. See Stockton & DeLaca (1982). SOUTHERN OCEAN • 3 ♂♂ (10–13.1 mm); Oates Coast, off Oates Land; RV Ob, 3 rd Soviet Antarctic Expedition. (SAE 3), station 337; 69°48′ S, 161°49′ E; depth 1040 m; 10 Feb.1958; A.P. Andriashev (Zoological Institute Russian Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg). AMUNDSEN SEA • 1 ♀ (10 mm, with 13 advanced stage embryos), 1 ♀? (5.7 mm), ♂ (5.8 mm); RRS James Clark Ross, JR 179, BIOPEARL II, station BIO5-EBS-2A; 73°52'55" S, 106°18'33" W; depth 1113 m; gear, epibenthic sledge; 9 Mar. 2008; K. Linse (British Antarctic Survey, Cambridge). Description Based on female (mature), 12 mm (CMNC 2022-0005); paratype female, 9 mm, (not illustrated, ZMH K 32 401) and on remaining material described by Andres (1983). PEREONITES 1–7 AND PLEONITES 1–2 (Fig. 18). Body smooth, without dorsoposterior hump on each segment. PLEONITE 3 (Figs 18–19). With a distinct, rounded posterodorsal elevation slightly overhanging urosomite 1. COXAE 1–2 (Figs 18–19). Subequal to slightly longer (1.1 ×) than corresponding pereonites. COXAE 3–4 (Fig. 18). Slightly longer (1.2×) than corresponding pereonites. EPIMERON 3 (Figs 18–19). Subquadrate, with posterior margin weakly convex, posteroventral corner broadly rounded, with angle slightly obtuse, ventral margin regularly convex. UROSOMITE 1 (Fig. 19). With a deep, dorsal concavity in front of the strongly, regularly rounded upright dorsal boss, convex on posterior margin, and slightly overhanging urosomite 2. HEAD (Fig. 19). About equal in length to pereonite 1. LATERAL CEPHALIC LOBE (Fig. 19). Broadly rounded, dorsal and ventral margins regularly and nearly equally convex. EYE (Fig. 19). Non ommatidial, formed of pigment granules; large, crescent-shaped or L-shaped, parallel to front head margin, length about 70% of the head height (note: see p. 26, 34 for comments on evaluating eye size/shape). ANTENNA 1 (Fig. 19). Peduncular article 1 dilated (length 1.2 × width), without anterodistal lobe; flagellum article 1 about half length of peduncular article 1, callynophorate, densely furnished medially with double row of aesthetascs; accessory flagellum 5-articulate, first article long, about equal to the remaining articles combined; flagellum 13-articulate, calceoli absent. ANTENNA 2 (Fig. 19). Slightly longer (1.2 ×) than antenna 1; geniculate between peduncular articles 3–4, peduncular articles 4–5 lined with anteromedial brush setae, peduncular article 5 short, length 0.66 × article 4; flagellum 18-articulate, calceoli absent. EPISTOME (Fig. 19). Level with or very slightly protruding in front of weakly rounded upper lip, forming straight anterior margin and cephalic ridge, separated from upper lip by a small slit. MANDIBLE (Fig. 20). Incisor strongly convex, slightly widened; left lacinia mobilis curved, with 2 strong apical teeth and 1 subapical tooth, right lacking; accessory spine row with 3 strong spines, interspersed with fine setae; molar forming a narrow crest, somewhat falciform, acutely produced on proximal end, setose with mixed ornamentation, distal half or third setiferous, proximal half or two-thirds forming a reduced, ridged triturative surface, hairy process located proximal to molar; palp attached proximal to molar, article 2 1.8× length of article 3, with 24–25 A2-pectinate setae, article 3 weakly falciform, 0.55 × length of article 2, with 3 A3-seta, 26 D3-pectinate setae and 2 E3-setae. LOWER LIP (Fig. 20). Outer lobes broad with inner margins strongly setose, distal margins excavate, without inner lobes, mandibular lobes narrow. MAXILLA 1 (Fig. 21). Inner plate with short, rounded, apical projection slightly surpassing the basal insertion of two (or three) apical plumose setae of unequal size; outer plate with 11 strong spine-teeth in 7/4 crown arrangement; palp article 2 slightly widened at distal two-thirds, distal margin strongly convex, with 7–9 non-contiguous conical apical spines, and a thin spine on outer corner. MAXILLA 2 (Fig. 21). Outer and inner plates not slender, tapering distally, both with strong rows of pectinate medial marginal spines and setae; inner plate much shorter than outer plate, with marginal setae on the distal third of the inner margin, distal end of inner plate slightly surpassing the proximal end of setal row of outer plate. MAXILLIPED (Fig. 21). Inner plate subrectangular, extending slightly past the distal end of the inner margin of palp article 1 and reaching about one-third length of outer plate, distal margin regularly bevelled, very slightly concave, with mediodistal extension slightly surpassing the level of the outer corner; with 3 embedded nodular spines unequally spaced, the two mediodistal marginal nodular spines situated close to each other with the corner one more protruding, the third one located closer to the outer margin corner, plumose setae inserted along medial margin and inner part of distal margin; outer plate subovate, length 1.66 × width, not reaching distal end of palp article 2, with two dissimilar apical spines and numerous (11) embedded, medial nodular spines, medial margin weakly scalloped; palp 4-articulate, strongly setose medially, dactylus well developed, about 0.7 × length of article 3, distal inner margin with 2–3 short setae. GNATHOPOD 1 (Fig. 22). Coxa distinctly widened, distal width 1.43 × proximal width and about 78% of length, anterior margin weakly concave, anterodorsal corner broadly rounded, posterior margin nearly straight, distal margin strongly convex in anterior half, slightly convex in posterior half, posteroventral corner not narrowly rounded; basis moderately stout, width about one third of the length and slightly narrower than propodus, anterior margin with numerous long and short setae; ischium subequal to merus, both with posterior margins setose; carpus short, compressed, length about 0.5 × propodus, with narrow, setose posterodistal lobe, not guarding the hind margin of propodus; propodus subchelate, subrectangular, with anterior margin weakly convex, posterior margin nearly straight; palm transverse, very slightly convex, microcrenulate and adorned with small setae, palm corner with 2 blunt protrusions and defined by 1 medial and 1 lateral spine; dactylus subequal to palm or barely overriding palmar corner. GNATHOPOD 2 (Fig. 23). Coxa subrectangular, length 2.4 × width; basis elongated, distal third slightly curved, length 6.8× width; ischium length 3× width; carpus about 2× length of propodus, distoventrally with subtriangular scales; propodus chelate, slender, slightly widened distally, length 3× width, and much narrower, about 60% of the carpus width, surface finely setose with distal groups of long pectinate setae, dorsal margin convex, hind margin weakly concave, palm not excavate, with a narrow gap, with a small setal basket on distal third and ending in a tooth-like denticulate projection and a strong subapical seta; dactylus fitting palm, inner margin bearing distally a spiny protuberance fitting to the palm and weakly denticulate projection. PEREOPOD 3 (Fig. 24). Coxa subrectangular, with anterior margin slightly convex, posterior margin slightly concave, ventral margin very slightly convex, length 2.45 × width; posterior margins of ischium-merus with clusters of long setae, rest of pereopod like pereopod 4. PEREOPOD 4 (Fig. 24). Coxa length 1.42 × width, width 0.7× length, anterior margin convex, posterior margin deeply excavate, with wide subtriangular, posterodistal lobe, corner with subquadrate angle, located at distal 63% of the coxa length; ventral margin evenly convex; posterior margins of ischiumcarpus with clusters of long setae; propodus with about 7 short spine groups; dactylus 0.4× length of propodus. PEREOPOD 5 (Fig. 24). Coxa slightly but distinctly posterolobate, posterior lobe irregularly convex, with distal half of posterior margin nearly straight, width 1.14 × length; basis longer (1.2 ×) than wide, slightly narrowing distally, anterior margin nearly straight, with small spines, posterior margin convex, very weakly serrate, posterodistal lobe surpassing distal margin of ischium; merus weakly expanded (width 0.65× length), longer than carpus and bearing anterior and posterior long setae; carpus with anterior marginal setae; propodus narrow, shorter than merus-carpus, with 6–7 anterior marginal short spine groups; dactylus short, 0.36× length of propodus. PEREOPOD 6 (Fig. 24). Basis long, length 1.45 × width, anterior margin nearly straight, with small spines, posterior margin hardly serrate, slightly narrowing distally, posterodistal lobe not reaching distal margin of ischium; merus very weakly expanded (width 0.48 × length) and bearing anterior marginal long setae and few short slender posterior spines; propodus shorter than length of merus-carpus, anterior margin with 7–8 clusters of short spines, dactylus 0.34× length of propodus. PEREOPOD 7 (Fig. 24). Coxa subovate, rounded behind; basis proximal two-thirds subrectangular, anterior margin slightly concave, with small spines, distal third of posterior margin with a straight bevel, with about 9 weak serrations, posterodistal lobe not extending to distal margin of ischium; merus not expanded (narrower than in P6), anterior margins of merus-carpus with short spine groups, posterior margin bearing few short slender spines; propodus shorter than merus-carpus, dactylus broken. UROPOD 1 (Fig. 25). Peduncle about 1.57 × length of outer ramus and 1.73× inner ramus, dorsolateral and dorsomedial margins spinose; inner ramus shorter and more spiniferous than outer ramus; outer ramus medial margin lacking spines. UROPOD 2 (Fig. 25). Peduncle about 1.2× length of outer ramus, dorsolateral and dorsomedial margins each with 4 spines; inner ramus slightly shorter than outer ramus, length 0.92×, with 2 dorsolateral and 6 dorsomedial marginal spines; outer ramus with 7 closely spaced slender spines on dorsolateral margin, dorsomedial margin lacking spines. UROPOD 3 (Fig. 25). Peduncle 0.94 × length of biarticulate outer ramus; second article of outer ramus 0.4× length of article 1; inner ramus barely reaching or very slightly extends past distal end of article 1 of outer ramus, inner margins of rami with long plumose setae and outer margins with a few slender spines. TELSON (Fig. 25). Length subequal to uropod 3 peduncle, 1.5 × longer than wide, cleft (50%), lobes tapering distally with 3–4 submarginal spines and 1 distal spine set in middle of lobe tip. GILLS 5–6 (Fig. 24). With 1 long, tubular accessory lobe on gill 5 and 2 lobes on gill 6, both inserted basally. GILL 7 (Fig. 24). Present, small. BROOD PLATES (Figs 23–24). Present on gnathopod 2 and pereopods 3–5, long, slender and curved distally, largest on gnathopod 2 and pereopods 3–4, smallest on pereopod 5, with long curved brood setae ranging in number from ~ 10–20. STOMODEUM. Extending to the 7 th pereonite. Male (based on: Andres (1983), ANT XXIII-8, station 706 and SAE 3 material) Similar to female, but differing as follows: BODY (Fig. 18). Larger but slightly less robust. LATERAL HEAD LOBE (Fig. 19). Slightly narrower distally, subtriangular, ventral margin less convex. EYE (Figs 18–19). More strongly developed, extending to 66–80% of the head height. ANTENNA 1 (Figs 18–19). Callynophore much stronger, subequal in length to peduncular article 1, flagellum 12–17-articulate, articles broader, calceoli present (callynophore size is related to maturity of male, terminal males have the largest callynophore and greater number of flagellar articles). ANTENNA 2 (Fig. 18). Peduncular articles 4–5 slightly broader; flagellum 15–23-articulate, with calceoli. MANDIBLE. Palp article 3 proportionally longer, length 0.65 × article 2. MAXILLA 1 (Fig. 21). Inner plate, distal projection subacute; palp article 2 strongly widened at distal twothirds, with (according to size) 5–12 non-contiguous, conical apical spines. GNATHOPOD 1. Coxa slightly less widened distally than in female, length 1.34× width, anteroventral corner more narrowly rounded, posterior margin slightly concave; basis, anterior margin with scattered short setae. GNATHOPOD 2 (Fig. 22). Propodus similar to female, except anterodistally narrower and merging smoothly with dactyl insertion on dorsal margin. COXA 4 (Fig. 24). Distinctly narrower than in female, length about 1.76 × width, posterior excavation shallower, posterior lobe smaller with subquadrate angle located at about 60% of the length. PEREOPOD 5. Merus slightly more expanded. UROPOD 2 (Fig. 25). Inner ramus distinctly shorter than outer; outer ramus with 15 lateral marginal spines of differing morphology, distolateral spines stouter, bluntly rounded and more closely spaced than proximal ones, which are thin and acute (number of spines is size related, but males of equal size to females have greater number of spines and always possess the two different types of spines, see p. 24). UROPOD 3 (Fig. 25). Inner ramus slightly longer than peduncle; second article of outer ramus about 0.33–0.5× the length of article 1. UROSOMITE 1 (Figs 18–19). Boss strong, anterodorsal and posterior margins straighter, slightly more pointed and slightly more projecting backward. TELSON. Slightly narrower and longer, length 1.75× width; cleft slightly deeper, about 55–60% of its length. Ontogenic variations Andres (1983) collected a very large male (16 mm) and noticed on maxilla 1 that the width of palp article 2 increases in size as well as the number (as usual) of apical spines (from 5 in the holotype male, 9.5 mm, to 8 in the 13 mm female and 12 in the 16 mm male; see Andres’ 1983: fig. 10). On the maxilliped outer lobe of the 16 mm male, he noted the presence of 4 apical stout spines instead of the usual 2 stout spines, as well as the presence of setae on the inner margin of the dactylus in the palp of larger specimens. As well, he remarked on the stronger development of the gnathopod 2 palm and dac, Published as part of Hendrycks, Ed A. & Broyer, Claude De, 2022, New deep-sea Atlantic and Antarctic species of Abyssorchomene De Broyer, 1984 (Amphipoda, Lysianassoidea, Uristidae) with a redescription of A. abyssorum (Stebbing, 1888), pp. 1-76 in European Journal of Taxonomy 825 on pages 40-53, DOI: 10.5852/ejt.2022.825.1829, http://zenodo.org/record/6686625, {"references":["Andres H. G. 1983. Die Gammaridea (Crustacea: Amphipoda) der Deutschen Antarktis-Expeditionen 1975 / 76 und 1977 / 78. 3. Lysianassidae. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut 80: 183 - 220.","Schellenberg A. 1926. Die Gammariden der Deutschen Sudpolar-Expedition 1901 - 1903. In: von Drygalski E. (ed.) Deutsche Sudpolar-Expedition, 1901 - 1903, im Auftrage des Reichsamtes des Innern. 18 (Zool. 10): 235 - 414.","Nicholls G. E. 1938. Amphipoda Gammaridea. Scientific Reports Australasian Antarctic Expedition 1911 - 14. Series C, Zoology and Botany 2 (4): 1 - 145.","Dahl E. 1954. A collection of Amphipoda from the Ross Sea. Arkiv for Zoologi 7 (19): 281 - 293.","Birstein Y. A. & Vinogradov M. E. 1962. Pelagic Gammaridea (Amphipoda) collected by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition on the M / V \" Ob \" south of 40 ° S. In: Andriashev A. P. & Ushakov P. V. (eds) Biological Reports of the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (1955 - 1958). Vol. 1: 33 - 56. Academy of Sciences of the USSR, Zoological Institute, Moscow.","Arnaud P. M. 1974. Contribution a la bionomie marine benthique des regions antarctiques et subantarctiques. Tethys 6 (3): 467 - 653.","Lowry J. K. & Bullock S. 1976. Catalogue of the marine gammaridean Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Bulletin of the Royal Society of New Zealand 16: 1 - 187.","Lowry J. K. 1982. The status of the gammaridean Amphipoda collected by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition 1911 - 1914. Crustaceana 42 (3): 319 - 320. https: // doi. org / 10.1163 / 156854082 X 00425","Wakabara Y., Tararam A. S., Valerio-Berardo M. T. & Ogihara R. M. 1990. Records of Amphipoda collected during I and III Brazilian Antarctic Expeditions. Relatorio interno do Instituto Oceanografi co Universidade de Sao Paulo 30: 1 - 9.","Barnard J. L. & Karaman G. S. 1991. The families and genera of Marine Gammaridean Amphipoda (Except Marine Gammaroids). Records of the Australian Museum. Supplement 13: 1 - 866. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.13.1991.367","De Broyer C. 1983. Recherches sur la Systematique et l'Evolution des Crustaces amphipodes gammarides antarctiques et subantarctiques. PhD thesis, Universite Catholique de Louvain, Louvain-la-Neuve, Belgium.","De Broyer C. & Jazdzewski K. 1993. Contribution to the marine biodiversity inventory. A checklist of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean. Documents de Travail de l'Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique 73: 1 - 154.","De Broyer C., Rauschert M. & Scailteur Y. 1999. Structural and ecofunctional biodiversity of the benthic amphipod taxocoenoses. In: Arntz W. E. & Gutt J. (eds) The Expedition ANTARKTIS XV / 3 (EASIZ II) of RV \" Polarstern \" in 1998. Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 301: 163 - 174.","De Broyer C., Scailteur Y., Chapelle G. & Rauschert M. 2001. Diversity of epibenthic habitats of gammaridean amphipods in the eastern Weddell Sea. Polar Biology 24: 744 - 753. https: // doi. org / 10.1007 / s 003000100276","Havermans C., Nagy Z. T., Sonet G., De Broyer C. & Martin P. 2010. Incongruence between molecular phylogeny and morphological classification in amphipod crustaceans: A case study of Antarctic lysianassoids. Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 55: 202 - 209. https: // doi. org / 10.1016 / j. ympev. 2009.10.025","Havermans C., Nagy Z. T., Sonet G., De Broyer C. & Martin P. 2011. DNA barcoding reveals new insights into the diversity of Antarctic species of Orchomene sensu lato (Crustacea: Amphipoda: Lysianassoidea). Deep-Sea Research Part II: Topical Studies in Oceanography 58: 230 - 241. https: // doi. org / 10.1016 / j. dsr 2.2010.09.028","Havermans C. 2012. DNA Barcoding, Phylogeography and Phylogeny of the Lysianassoidea (Crustacea: Amphipoda) from the Southern Ocean and the World's Deep Seas. PhD thesis, Universite Catholique de Louvain, Louvain-la-Neuve, Belgium.","Barnard J. L. & Ingram C. 1990. Lysianassoid Amphipoda (Crustacea) from deep-sea thermal vents. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 499: 1 - 80. https: // doi. org / 10.5479 / si. 00810282.499","d'Udekem d'Acoz C. & Robert H. 2008. Systematic and ecological diversity of amphipods. In: Gutt J. (ed.) The Expedition ANTARKTIS-XXIII / 8 of the Research Vessel \" Polarstern \" in 2006 / 2007. Berichte zur Polar-und Meeresforschung 569: 48 - 56.","Havermans C., Robert H. & d'Udekem d'Acoz C. 2012. Biodiversity and phylogeographic patterns of amphipod crustaceans in Antarctic seas. In: Knust R., Gerdes D. & Mintenbeck K. (eds) The Expedition of the Research Vessel \" Polarstern \" to the Antarctic in 2011 (ANT-XXVII / 3) (CAMBIO). Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 644: 35 - 39.","d'Udekem d'Acoz C. & Havermans C. 2012. Two new Pseudorchomene species from the Southern Ocean, with phylogenetic remarks on the genus and related species (Crustacea: Amphipoda: Lysianassoidea: Lysianassidae: Tryphosinae). Zootaxa 3310: 1 - 50. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 3310.1.1","Stockton W. L. & DeLaca T. E. 1982. Food falls in the deep sea: occurrence, quality, and significance. Deep Sea Research Part A Oceanographic Research Papers 29: 157 - 169. https: // doi. org / 10.1016 / 0198 - 0149 (82) 90106 - 6","De Broyer C., Nyssen F. & Dauby P. 2004. The crustacean scavenger guild in Antarctic shelf, bathyal and abyssal communities. Deep-Sea Research II: Topical Studies in Oceanography 51: 1733 - 1752. https: // doi. org / 10.1016 / j. dsr 2.2004.06.032","De Broyer C., Danis B. & Heterier V. 2006. Biodiversity, phylogeny and trophodynamics of amphipod crustaceans of the Antarctic deep sea. In: Fahrbach E. (ed.) The Expedition ANTARKTIS-XXI / 3 of the Research Vessel \" Polarstern \" in 2005. Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 533: 135 - 141.","De Broyer C., Lowry J. K., Jazdzewski K. & Robert H. 2007. Catalogue of the Gammaridean and Corophiidean Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean with distribution and ecological data. In: De Broyer C. (ed.) Census of Antarctic Marine Life: Synopsis of the Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Bulletin de l'Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique, Biologie - Bulletin van het Koninklijk Belgisch Instituut voor Natuurwetenschappen Biologie 77 (Supplement 1): 1 - 325.","Barnard K. H. 1932. Amphipoda. Discovery Reports 5: 1 - 326. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. part. 27664","Duffy G. A., Horton T., Sheader M. & Thurston M. H. 2013. Population structure of Abyssorchomene abyssorum (Stebbing, 1888) (Amphipoda: Lysianassoidea), a scavenging amphipod from the Mid-Atlantic Ridge in the vicinity of the Charlie-Gibbs Fracture Zone. Deep-Sea Research Part II: Topical Studies in Oceanography 98: 360 - 369. https: // doi. org / 10.1016 / j. dsr 2.2013.02.004"]}

Claudedebeella reducta (Schellenberg, 1931) Orchomenopsis reducta Schellenberg, 1931: 49 51, fig. 26. Orchomenella reducta.��� Ruffo, 1949: 11, fig. 1.��� Barnard, 1958: 97. Orchomene reducta.��� Barnard, 1964: 89 (in key).��� Lowry & Bullock, 1976: 100.��� Shulenberger & Barnard, 1976: 248. Falklandia reducta.��� De Broyer, 1985: 303 312, figs 1 6.��� Barnard & Karaman, 1991: 487.��� De Broyer & Jażdżewski, 1993: 68.��� De Broyer & Rauschert, 1999: 285. ��� De Broyer et al., 2007: 138.��� Havermans et al., 2010: 204 207.��� Havermans et al., 2011: 233, 235.��� Lowry & Kilgallen, 2014: 303. Remarks. Despite multiple literature records, knowledge of the species is based on only five specimens, three from the type locality, 52��29���S 60��36���W, just south-west of the Falkland Islands at a depth of 197 metres (Schellenberg, 1931), one from 70��15���S 85��06���W, in the Bellingshausen Sea at a depth of 569 metres (Ruffo, 1949) and one from 61��23���S 55��26���W, in the Scotia Sea at a depth of 285 metres (Havermans et al., 2011)., Published as part of Thurston, Michael H. & Horton, Tammy, 2020, Claudedebeella, a replacement name for Falklandia De Broyer, 1985 (Crustacea, Amphipoda, Lysianassoidea, Tryphosidae), preoccupied by Falklandia Forster & Platnick, 1985 (Arachnida, Araneae), pp. 437-438 in Zootaxa 4750 (3) on page 437, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.4750.3.10, http://zenodo.org/record/3707448, {"references":["Schellenberg, A. (1931) Gammariden und caprelliden des Magellangebietes, Sudgeorgiens und der Westantarkis. Further zoological results of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition 1901 ̶ 1903, 2 (6), 1 290.","Ruffo, S. (1949) Amphipodes (II). Expedition Antarctique Belge. Resultats du voyage de la Belgica en 1897 1899. Rapports Scientifiques, Zoologie, 1 58.","Barnard, J. L. (1958) Index to the families, genera, and species of the gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea). Allan Hancock Foundation Publications, Occasional Paper, 19, 1 - 145.","Barnard, J. L. (1964) Marine Amphipoda of Bahia de San Quintin, Baja California. Pacific Naturalist, 4 (3), 55 139.","Lowry, J. K. & Bullock, S. (1976) Catalogue of the marine gammaridean Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Bulletin of the Royal Society of New Zealand, 16, 1 187.","Shulenberger, E. & Barnard, J. L. (1976) Amphipods from an abyssal trap set in the North Pacific Gyre. Crustaceana, 31 (3), 241 - 258. https: // doi. org / 10.1163 / 156854076 X 00035","De Broyer, C. (1985) Description de Falklandia gen. n. de l'Ocean Austral et definition des Lysianassoidea uristidiens (Crustacea, Amphipoda). Zoologica Scripta, 14 (4), 303 312. https: // doi. org / 10.1111 / j. 1463 - 6409.1985. tb 00200. x","Barnard, J. L. & Karaman, G. S. (1991) The families and genera of marine gammaridean Amphipoda (except marine gamma- roids). Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 13, 1 - 866. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.13.1991.367","De Broyer, C. & Jazdzewski, K. (1993) Contribution to the marine biodiversity inventory. A checklist of the Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Documents de travail de l'Insitut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, 73, 1 154.","De Broyer, C. & Rauschert, M. (1999) Faunal diversity of the benthic amphipods (Crustacea) of the Magellan region as compared to the Antarctic (preliminary results). Scientia Marina, 63 (Supplement 1), 281 293. https: // doi. org / 10.3989 / scimar. 1999.63 s 1281","De Broyer, C., Lowry, J., Jazdzewski, K. & Robert, H. (2007) Catalogue of the Gammaridean and Corophiidean Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean with distribution and ecological data. In: De Broyer, C. (Ed.), Census of Antarctic Marine Life: Synopsis of the Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Vol. 1. Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Biologie, 77 (Supplement 1), pp. 1 - 325.","Havermans, C., Nagy, Z. T., Sont, G., De Broyer, C. & Martin, P. (2010) Incongruence between molecular phylogeny and morphological classification in amphipod crustaceans: A case study of Antarctic lysianassoids. Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution, 55, 202 209. https: // doi. org / 10.1016 / j. ympev. 2009.10.025","Havermans, C., Nagy, Z. T., Sont, G., De Broyer, C. & Martin, P. (2011) DNA barcoding reveals new insights into the diversity of Orchomene sensu lato (Crustacea: Amphipoda: Lysianassoidea). Deep-Sea Research II, 58, 230 241. https: // doi. org / 10.1016 / j. dsr 2.2010.09.028","Lowry J. K. & Kilgallen N. M. (2014) A revision of the lysianassid genus Waldeckia with the description of four new species (Crustacea, Amphipoda, Lysianassidae, Waldeckiinae subfam. nov.). Zootaxa, 3784 (4), 301 304. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 3784.4.1"]}

Protorchestia campbelliana (Bousfield, 1964) Parorchestia tenuis.— Chilton, 1909: 612 (? in part). Parorchestia campbelliana Bousfield, 1964: 50, figs. 3, 4.— Barnard & Karaman, 1991: 369, fig 71B. Protorchestia campbelliana.— Bousfield, 1982: 7.— Serejo & Lowry, 2008: 196.— De Broyer & Jazdzewski, 1993: 98. Transorchestia campbelliana.— Duncan, 1994: 9.— Pugh et al., 2002: 1075.—De Broyer et al., 2009: 235. Type material. Holotype, NMNZ CR.002444, female, 9.5 mm (ovigerous), (Rick Webber, pers comm. 2021). Not examined. Type locality. Courrejolles Peninsula, Campbell Island, New Zealand (~ 52°30'S 169°5''E). Size. Female, 9.5 mm. Remarks. Parorchestia campbelliana Bousfield, 1964 was described from a single female, 9.5 mm in body length from Campbell Island, New Zealand and is the only record of the genus in New Zealand (Bousfield, 1964). Using characters which are not sexually dimorphic, Protorchestia campbelliana agrees with the current diagnosis of the genus Protorchestia Bousfield, 1982. The Protorchestia characters include: having antenna 1 long, the mandible left lacinia mobilis with 5 cusps, the maxilliped palp article 4 small in size, having pleopods well-developed, a uropod 1 exopod without marginal robust setae, the uropod 3 rami subequal in length to telson and lastly the telson with 2 apical robust setae per lobe. There is a mixed opinion here whether the illustration in Figure 4 of Bousfield (1964) labelled as a telson is actually an upper lip with robust setae, particularly given all other articles illustrated on the same plate are mouthparts (Bousfield, 1964: fig 4). Providing this assumption is correct, there is the possibility that P. campbelliana is indeed just a female of the more widely recorded coastal talitrid B. quoyana, although notably not previously reported from Campbell Island. Alternately if Bousfield’s figure caption is correct and the article is a telson, then placement of P. campbelliana remains. Bousfield states in the text that the ‘lower lip’ is lost. In this case, Bousfield has accurately described the figured telson in the text. Further collection in the Subantarctic islands and close examination of Bousfield’s original specimen is required to resolve this problem. See discussion for comments on records of talitrids from seacliffs. Habitat. In an albatross mollymawk bird rookery (Bousfield 1964). Distribution. New Zealand. Campbell Island: Courrejolles Peninsula (Bousfield 1964)., Published as part of Hughes, Lauren E. & Lowry, James K., 2023, Review of New Zealand Coastal Talitroids with description of three new genera (Crustacea, Amphipoda, Senticaudata), pp. 1-81 in Zootaxa 5268 (1) on pages 5-6, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5268.1.1, http://zenodo.org/record/7840854, {"references":["Bousfield, E. L. (1964) Insects of Campbell Island. Talitrid amphipod crustaceans. Pacific Insects Monograph, 7, 45 - 57.","Chilton, C. (1909) The Crustacea of the Subantarctic Islands of New Zealand. Subantarctic Islands of New Zealand, 2, 601 - 671. [Wellington; John MacKay, Gov. Print.]","Barnard, J. L. & Karaman, G. S. (1991) The families and genera of marine Amphipoda (except marine Gammaroids). Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 13 (Parts 1 - 2), 1 - 866. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.13.1991.367","Bousfield, E. L. (1982) The amphipod superfamily Talitroidea in the northeastern Pacific region. Family Talitridae. Systematics and distributional ecology. National. Museum of Natural Science, Publications in Biological Oceanography, 11, i - vii + 1 - 73.","Serejo, C. & Lowry, J. K. (2008) The coastal Talitridae (Amphipoda, Talitroidea) of Southern and Western Australia with Comments on Platorchestia platensis (Kroyer, 1845). Records of the Australian Museum, 60 (2 / 3), 161 - 206. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0067 - 1975.60.2008.1491","De Broyer, C. & Jazdzewski, K. (1993) Contribution to the marine biodiversity inventory: a checklist of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean. Documents de Travail de l' Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique, 73, 1 - 154.","Duncan, K. W. (1994) Terrestrial Talitridae (Crustacea: Amphipoda). Fauna of New Zealand, 31, 1 - 128.","Pugh, P. J. A., Dartnall, H. J. G. & Mciness, S. J. (2002) The non-marine Crustacea of Antarctica and the Islands of the Southern Ocean: biodiversity and biogeography. Journal of Natural History, 36, 1047 - 1103. https: // doi. org / 10.1080 / 00222930110039602"]}

Paracallisoma alberti Chevreux, 1903 Figs 1���5 Paracallisoma alberti Chevreux 1903: 84, figs 2, 3.��� Stebbing 1906: 719.��� Chevreux 1935: 39, pl. 1, fig. 3, pl. 9, fig. 2, pl. 16, fig. 5 (in part).���Birstein & Vinogradov 1955: 223, 279 (in part).��� Schellenberg 1955: 191 (in part).��� J.L. Barnard 1958: 97 (list).��� Belloc 1960: 4.���Birstein & Vinogradov 1960: 176, fig. 5, 233, fig. 33 (in part).���Andres 1977: 60 ��� Desbruy��res, Geistdorfer, Ingram, Khripoudoff & Lagard��re 1985: 236, fig. 1, 237.��� Thurston 1990: 262 (in part, part = P. idioxenos).��� Barnard & Karaman 1991: 511 (in part).��� Palerud & Vader 1991: 41 (in part).��� Lopes, Marques & Bellan-Santini 1993: 209, table 1.��� Dauvin & Bellan-Santini 2002: 316 (table 1).��� Horton 2006: 20, table 2.��� Horton, Thurston & Duffy 2013: 355, table 2. Not Paracallisoma alberti.��� Schellenberg 1926 a: 258, fig. 11.���Birstein & Vinogradov 1962: 34.��� Lowry & Bullock 1976: 102.��� De Broyer & Jażdżewski 1993: 73. (= Paracallisoma sp. De Broyer, Lowry, Jażdżewski & Robert 2007). Not Paracallisoma alberti. ��� Lampitt, Merrett, & Thurston 1983: 76, table 1 (= P. idioxenos). ��� Thurston 1990: 266. (part = P. idioxenos, part = P. alberti s.s.). Not Paracallisoma alberti.��� Birstein & Vinogradov 1958: 228.���Birstein & Vinogradov 1960: 176, fig. 5, 233, fig. 33.��� Gurjanova 1962: 309, fig. 102.��� Nagata 1963: 1.���Birstein & Vinogradov 1970: table 1, table 3.��� Hatch 1983: 194, 195, table 3.��� Nysewander 1983: 328, table 7.��� Hatch 2013: 275 (= P. coecum). Not Paracallisoma alberti.���Birstein & Vinogradov 1964: 161; Not Paracallisoma aff. alberti.���Treude, Jan��en, Queisser & Witte 2002: 1284, table 2. (= Paracallisoma sp.). Type material. Syntypes��� one female, 13mm, Princesse-Alice station 532, 26��� 27 June 1895, 37�� 52 'N 24 �� 42.75 'W, trap on seafloor, 2178 m; three females, Princesse-Alice station 730, 3��� 5 August 1896, 37�� 58 'N 26 �� 13.25 'W, trap on seafloor, muddy sand, 2660 m; five males, nine females, Princesse-Alice station 792, 29 June��� 1 July 1897, 32�� 32.16 'N 17 ��04.42'W, trap on seafloor, blackish grey ooze to fine sand, 2480 m. All syntypes are held at the Mus��e Oc��anographique Monaco. The co-ordinates given here are those reported in Chevreux (1935) rather than in the original publication (Chevreux 1903), which used the Paris, not the Greenwich meridian for calculating longitude. The syntypes were not examined as part of this study but are figured in Kilgallen & Lowry (2015). Material examined. Faroe-Shetland Channel. Station 57060 #1, 11��� 13 August 2002, 61�� 39.16 ' N, 01�� 13.97 ' W, DEMAR, 1611m, one adult female 14.5 mm (dissected carcass and four slides (NHMUK 2015. 2825)), seven adult males, three juveniles (NHMUK 2015. 2827���2836). Cape Verde Basin. Station 53509 #3, 3 September 1995, 29�� 13.07 'N 43 ��08.50'W to 29 �� 17.49 'N 43 ��06.14'W, RMT 8 M-3, 2880��� 3025 m (227���407 m above bottom), one specimen. Mid Atlantic Ridge. Station 54106 #2, 21 August 1997, 37��07.5'N 32 ��22.0'W to 37 ��04.5'N 32 ��22.0'W, RMT 8 - 2, 2542��� 2619 m. Station JC011/079, 5 August 2007, 53�� 56.44 'N 36 �� 11.56 'W, DEMAR, 2564 m, four specimens. Station JC011/098, 9���11 August 2007, 54��04.08���N 34 ��09.43'W, DEMAR, 2500 m, 23 specimens. JC011/114, 12��� 13 August 2007, 54��02.31'N 34 ��09.60'W, DEMAR, 2453 m, five specimens. Station JC037/013, 8���10 August 2009, 49��02.00'N 27 �� 43.44 'W, AMPHITRAP, 2501 m, 59 specimens. Station JC037/052, 25���27 August 2009, 53�� 59.32 'N 36 ��08.12'W, AMPHITRAP, 2570 m, 14 specimens. Station JC037/060, 27���30 August 2009, 53�� 58.46 'N 36 ��06.12'W, AMPHITRAP, 2340 m, six specimens. Station JC037/076, 31 August��� 1 September 2009, 53�� 58.94 'N 34 ��02.94'W, AMPHITRAP, 2552 m, eight specimens. Station JC048/008, 2���6 June 2010, 53�� 59.32 'N 36 ��08.07'W, AMPHITRAP, 2628 m, eight specimens. Station JC048/020, 8���9 June 2010, 54��03.95'N 34 ��09.12'W, AMPHITRAP, 2505 m, eight specimens. Station JC048/032, 16���19 June 2010, 48�� 47.34 'N 28 �� 38.45 'W, AMPHITRAP, 2448 m, 1886 specimens. Station JC048/046, 23���26 June, 49 ��02.01'N, 27 �� 43.44 'W, AMPHITRAP, 2507 m, 784 specimens. Iberian Basin, Sedlo Seamount. Station 56319 # 1, (Meteor cruise M 60 / 1, operation # 696) 23 November 2003, 40�� 11.43 'N, 26 �� 33.99 'W, DEMAR, 2655 m, 24 specimens. Station 56354 # 1, (Meteor cruise M 60 / 1, operation # 735), 29 November 2003, 39�� 50.17 'N, 26 �� 17.82 'W, DEMAR, 2876 m, twelve specimens. Norwegian Sea. Midnatssol Exploration Well, Station TL/ 280807 /010#2, 28 August 2007, 64��09.93'N 05�� 16.75 'E, ROV-deployed trap, 928 m, 19 specimens. Haklang Exploration Well, Station TL/ 171008 /031#1, 17 October 2008, 67��02.81'N 07��03.53'E, ROV-deployed trap, 1248 m, one specimen. Description. Based on adult female, 14.5 mm, Faroe-Shetland Channel, Station 57060 #1, 1611 m. Head exposed, deeper than long, lateral cephalic lobe large, narrow, subacute; rostrum absent; eyes pigmented, lacking ommatidia, pigment lost in alcohol. Antenna 1 short, length 0.1 x body; peduncular article 1 short, length 0.73 x breadth, without posterodistal spine or lobe; peduncular article 2 short, 0.25 x article 1; peduncular article 3 short, 0.25 x article 1; flagellum seven-articulate, without posterodistal setae, calceoli absent; accessory flagellum long, 0.6 x primary flagellum, 3 -articulate, article 1 long, 4.0 x article 2, forming partial cap over callynophore. Antenna 2: length 1.5 x antenna 1; peduncle without brush setae; peduncular article 1 greatly enlarged, not covering article 2; weakly geniculate between peduncular articles 3���4, article 3 short, 0.5 x article 4; peduncular articles 4 and 5 not enlarged; flagellum well-developed, 21 articulate, calceoli absent. Mouthpart bundle subquadrate. Epistome and upper lip, interantennal carina notched proximally; epistome produced, rounded, dominant; upper lip slightly produced and rounded. Mandible incisors symmetrical, large, with convex margins, left and right accessory setal rows with simple robust setae; left lacinia mobilis a smooth stemmed, distally asymmetrically expanded blade; molar an acute conical structure, mandibular palp attached midway; article 1 short, length 0.65 x breadth, without setae; article 2 slender, length 4.2 x breadth, with 17 distolateral A 2 -setae; article 3 slender, blade-like, with 14 D 3 setae along distal two thirds of the margin, and three E 3 setae. Maxilla 1 inner plate triangular, with ten pappose setae; outer plate setal teeth, outer row with ST 1-7 large, slender, ST 1 bifurcate apically, ST 2 four-cuspidate, ST 3 three-cuspidate, ST 4-5 five-cuspidate, ST 6-7 sixcuspidate, inner row with STA-D slender, STA one-cuspidate, STB three-cuspidate, STC four-cuspidate, STD three-cuspidate distally; palp large, two-articulate, article 1 short, article 2 with six terminal robust setae, robust flag seta and one subterminal seta; Maxilla 2 inner plate broad, tapering distally, with 18 pappose setae in subparallel medial setal row, with terminal robust setae; outer plate slightly longer than inner with apicomedial dentate and plumose setae. Maxilliped inner plate large, subrectangular, slightly emarginate distally with three apical nodular setae, oblique facial setal row strong with 15 pappose setae reaching apical margin, two marginal pappose setae; outer plate medium size, subrectangular with eleven apical plumose setae, with eight small nodular setae medially and two longer robust setae on the distomedial corner; palp large, 4 -articulate, article 2 broad, length 2.2 x breadth, 1.8 x article 3; article 3 long, slender, length 2.2 x breadth; dactylus well-developed, with one subterminal seta, unguis present. Gnathopod 1 simple; coxa large, as long as coxa 2, subquadrate; basis long, slender, length 3.4 x breadth, anterior margin smooth, with simple setae; ischium long, length 1.7 x breadth, anterior margin smooth with one seta posterodistally; merus, posterior margin with a few simple setae distally; carpus subrectangular, long, length 3 x breadth, subequal to propodus; propodus large, margins subparallel, posterior margin with a few groups of simple, slender setae, apex with numerous distally pappose robust setae; dactylus, anterior margin shrouded in pappose setae, posterior margin with one small tooth. Gnathopod 2 subchelate; coxa large, subequal in size to coxa 3; ischium, length 3.0 x breadth; carpus long, length 3.0 x breadth, posterior margin straight; propodus subtriangular, expanded distally, length twice breadth, posterior margin with five groups of slender robust setae, apically with row of distally plumose setae decreasing in size towards palm; palm acute, with very slightly concave serrate margin; dactylus inserted close to anterodistal corner of propodus, curved strongly and reaching only halfway across palm, palm corner with tooth. Pereopod 3 coxa large, subrectangular; basis robust, sinuous and slightly expanded distally; merus slightly expanded anteriorly; propodus posterior margin with six robust setae and two distal locking setae; dactylus short, curved. Pereopod 4 as pereopod 3 except coxa wider than deep with welldeveloped but narrow posterior lobe, ventral and posterior margins confluent, width 1.3 x depth, apex narrowly rounded; propodus posterior margin with six robust setae, five simple setae and one pair of distal locking robust setae. Pereopod 5 coxa posteriorly lobate with a lateral ridge, 14���15 simple setae along posterodistal margin; basis weakly expanded proximally, widening distally with strong posterodistal lobe extending to 0.3 x length of merus, posterior margin concave with four short robust setae, posterodistal lobe anterior margin with two robust seta distally; merus slightly expanded posteriorly with robust setae on both posterior and anterior margins; propodus long, length 5.2 x breadth, anterior margin with one single and five pairs of robust setae and one pair of distal locking setae, posterior margin with five long slender simple setae; dactylus slender, curved. Pereopod 6 coxa small, weakly lobate posteriorly; basis anterior margin smooth, slightly convex with four short robust setae anterodistally, posteroproximal margin expanded rounded, forming lobe with six simple setae on margin, posterior margin slightly concave with four short simple marginal setae, rounded posterodistal lobe extending beyond ischium; merus weakly expanded posteriorly; propodus long, length 5.7 x breadth, anterior margin with eleven pairs/single robust setae and one pair of distal locking setae, posterior margin with 14 long slender simple setae; dactylus slender, curved. Pereopod 7 coxa small, postero-lobate with four simple slender setae on posteroventral margin and twelve simple setae on anterior margin; basis anterior margin straight with five short robust setae distally, proximal posterior margin expanded, convex with nine short simple setae along margin, excavate posterodistally with a round posterodistal lobe extending beyond ischium; merus weakly expanded posteriorly; propodus long, length 4.7 x breadth, anterior margin with five groups of robust setae, and one pair of distal locking setae, posterior margin with five long slender simple setae; dactylus long, slender, slightly curved. Pleonites 1���3 dorsally smooth. Epimeron 1 anterior margin straight, posteriorly rounded with minute tooth. Epimeron 2 anterior margin sinuous, rounded; posterior margin convex, posteroventral corner with small tooth. Epimeron 3 posteroventral corner produced, subrectangular, ventral margin with seven robust setae. Gills on pereopods 2���7. Brood plates on pereopods 2���5. Urosomite 1 concave anteriorly with a rounded smooth boss posteriorly. Uropod 1 peduncle long, 1.2 x inner ramus, with one apicolateral robust seta, one apicomedial robust seta, and nine dorsomedial setae; rami subequal; inner ramus, with one medial robust seta, and a microsetose lateral margin; outer ramus, with two lateral robust setae and a microsetose medial margin. Uropod 2 peduncle long, as long as inner ramus, with one apicolateral robust seta, one apicomedial robust seta, five dorsomedial setae, and six dorsolateral robust setae; inner ramus, length 1.2 x outer ramus, with four medial robust setae and four lateral robust setae; outer ramus, with three lateral robust setae and a microsetose medial margin. Uropod 3 peduncle short, length 0.6 x inner ramus, with two apicolateral robust setae, one apicomedial robust seta and two simple setae, and five slender simple medial setae; inner ramus, with four medial robust setae and twelve medial slender plumose setae; outer ramus, two-articulate, article 2 short (0.41 x article 1), with a microsetose medial margin; article 1 with four medial robust setae and three slender plumose setae, and three lateral robust setae. Telson weakly tapering, length 1.8 x breadth, cleft 67 %, with four robust setae per lobe, distal margins incised with subapical notch and one small immersed seta per lobe Sexual dimorphism. Male antenna twice as long as antenna 1, 23-articulate, with brush setae, stronger callynophore with more profuse aesthetascs, calceoli present on both antennae. Remarks. Paracallisoma alberti, the type species of the genus is redescribed here in full using new material. These specimens indicate that the species has eyes (Fig. 5). In common with many other deep-sea lysianassoids, the eyes show no macroscopic structure and the red pigment found is highly labile in alcohol (Thurston 1974; Thurston & Bett 1993; Horton & Thurston 2014). It should be noted that there is an ontogenetic change, with the gnathopod 2 dactyl: palm ratio, which decreases with increasing body length. Separation of this Atlantic species from the Pacific species Paracallisoma coecum (Holmes, 1908) has been discussed in the literature. Schellenberg, (1926 a) placed the Pacific species P. coecum (Holmes, 1908) in synonymy with P. al b er t i (Chevreux, 1903). This view was followed by Birstein & Vinogradov (1955, 1958, 1960, 1962, 1964, 1970) and Gurjanova (1962) although the latter did note several differences between her Bering Sea specimens and the drawings of Chevreux (1903). Hurley (1963) and Barnard (1964) retained P. coecum as a distinct species pending a re-examination of Atlantic material. The description of Paracallisoma platepistomum Andres, 1977, a species closely related to P. coecum made it clear, even without further Atlantic material, that the two species were distinct. Examination of material of both species and the description of new species of Paracallisoma have allowed us not only to distinguish easily between the two species, but warranted the erection of a new genus for the more slender and largely pelagic ���paracallisomas���. Depth range. 928���3025 m. The species has been captured in mid-water nets at least 200 m above the sea floor (this study). Distribution. P. alberti is known from the North East Atlantic in the Madeiran and Iberian Basins at depths of 2178���2660 m (Chevreux 1903), the Porcupine Seabight (Lampitt et al. 1983), the Bay of Biscay (Chevreux 1935; Desbruy��res et al. 1985), the Faroe-Shetland Channel at 1396���1661 m (Horton 2006) and the Mid-Atlantic Ridge at 2340���2628 m (Horton et al. 2013)., Published as part of Horton, Tammy & Thurston, Michael H., 2015, A revision of the genus Paracallisoma Chevreux, 1903 (Crustacea: Amphipoda: Scopelocheiridae: Paracallisominae) with a redescription of the type species of the genus Paracallisoma and the description of two new genera and two new species from the Atlantic Ocean, pp. 91-132 in Zootaxa 3995 (1) on pages 94-101, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.3995.1.12, http://zenodo.org/record/233262, {"references":["Chevreux, E. (1903) Note preliminaire sur les amphipodes de la famille des Lysianassidae recueillis par la Princesse-Alice dans les eaux profondes de l'Atlantique et de la Mediterranee. Bulletin de la Societe Zoologique de France, 28, 81 - 97.","Stebbing, T. R. R. (1906) Amphipoda. I. Gammaridea. Das Tierreich, 21, 1 - 806.","Chevreux, E. (1935) Amphipodes provenant des Campagnes scientifiques du Prince Albert I er de Monaco. Resultats des Campagnes Scientifiques accomplies par le Prince Albert I er de Monaco, 90, 214 pp.","Birstein, Ia. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1955) Pelagicheskie gammaridy (Amphipoda - Gammaridea) Kurilo-Kamchatskoi Vpadiny. [Pelagic gammarids (Amphipoda - Gammaridea) of the Kurile - Kamchatka Trench]. Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 12, 210 - 287.","Schellenberg, A. (1955) Amphipoda. Reports of the Swedish Deep-Sea Expedition, Zoology, 2 (14), 182 - 195.","Barnard, J. L. (1958) Index to the families, genera, and species of the gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea). Allan Hancock Foundation Publications, Occasional Paper, 19, 1 - 145.","Belloc, G. (1960) Catalogue des types d'amphipodes du Musee Oceanographique de Monaco. Bulletin de l'Institut Oceanographique, Monaco, 57, 1 - 28.","Birstein Ia. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1960) Pelagicheskie gammaridy (Amphipoda - Gammaridea) tropicheskoi chasti Tikhogo Okeana. [Pelagic gammarids from the tropical Pacific Ocean]. Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 34, 165 - 241.","Desbruyeres, D., Geistdorfer, P., Ingram, C. L., Khripoudoff, A. & Lagardere, J. P. (1985) Repartition des populations de l'epibenthos carnivore. In: Laubier, L. & Monniot, C. (Eds.). Peuplements Profonds du Golfe de Gascogne. IFREMER, Paris, pp. 233 - 251.","Thurston, M. H. (1990) Abyssal necrophagous amphipods (Crustacea: Amphipoda) in the northeast and tropical Atlantic Ocean. Progress in Oceanography, 24, 257 - 274. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1016 / 0079 - 6611 (90) 90036 - 2","Barnard, J. L. & Karaman, G. S. (1991) The families and genera of marine gammaridean Amphipoda (except marine gammaroids). Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 13, 1 - 866. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.13.1991.91","Palerud, R. & Vader, W. (1991) Marine Amphipoda Gammaridea in north-east Atlantic and Norwegian Arctic. Tromura, Naturvitenskap, 68, 1 - 97.","Lopes, M. F. R., Marques, J. C. & Bellan-Santini, D. (1993). The benthic amphipod fauna of the Azores (Portugal): an up-to-date annotated list of species, and some biogeographic considerations. Crustaceana, 65 (2), 204 - 217. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1163 / 156854093 X 00568","Dauvin, J-C. & Bellan-Santini, D. (2002) Les crustaces amphipodes Gammaridea benthiques des cotes francaises metropolitaines: Bilan des connaissances. Crustaceana, 75, 299 - 340. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1163 / 156854002760095408","Horton, T. (2006) Deep-sea scavenging amphipods from the Faroe-Shetland Channel. Porcupine Marine Natural History Society Newsletter, 19, 17 - 20.","Horton, T., Thurston, M. H. & Duffy, G. A. (2013) Community composition of scavenging amphipods at bathyal depths on the Mid-Atlantic Ridge. Deep-Sea Research II, 98, 352 - 359. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1016 / j. dsr 2.2013.01.032","Schellenberg, A. (1926 a) Die Gammariden der Deutschen Sudpolar-Expedition 1901 - 1903. Deutsche Sudpolar-Expedition, 18, 235 - 414.","Birstein Ia. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1962) Pelagicheskie gammaridy (Amphipoda - Gammaridea) sobrannye sovetskoi antarkticheskoi expeditsiei na dizel' - elektrokhode \" Ob \" k iugu ot 40 ° iu. Issledovaniia Fauny Morei, 1 (IX), 36 - 57. Translation [Pelagic Gammaridea (Amphipoda) collected by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition on the M / V \" Ob \", south of 40 ° S. Studies of marine fauna I (IX), Biological Reports of the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (1955 - 1958), 1, 33 - 56, 1966].","Lowry, J. K. & Bullock, S. (1976) Catalogue of the marine gammaridean Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Royal Society of New Zealand Bulletin, 16, 1 - 187.","De Broyer, C. & Jazdzewski, K. (1993) Contribution to the marine biodiversity inventory. A checklist of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean. Documents de Travail de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, 73, 1 - 154.","De Broyer, C., Lowry, J., Jazdzewski, K. & Robert, H. (2007) Catalogue of the Gammaridean and Corophiidean Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean with distribution and ecological data. In: De Broyer, C. (Eds.) Census of Antarctic Marine Life: Synopsis of the Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean, Vol. 1. Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Biologie, Bruxelles, 77 (suppl. 1), pp. 325.","Lampitt, R. S., Merrett, N. R. & Thurston, M. H. (1983) Inter-relations of necrophagous amphipods, a fish predator, and tidal currents in the deep sea. Marine Biology, 74, 73 - 78. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1007 / BF 00394277","Birstein, Ia. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1958) Pelagicheskie gammaridy (Amphipoda - Gammaridea) severo-zapadnoi chasti Tikhogo Okeana. [Pelagic gammarids of the north-west parts of the Pacific Ocean]. Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 27, 219 - 257.","Gurjanova, E. F. (1962) Amphipods of the northern part of the Pacific Ocean (Amphipoda-Gammaridea). Part 1. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Opredeliteli po Faune SSSR, 74, 1 - 440. [In Russian]","Nagata, K. (1963) Two new gammaridean amphipods (Crustacea) collected by the second cruise of the Japanese expedition of deep sea. Publications of the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory, 11 (1), 1 - 5.","Birstein, Ia. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1970) O faune pelagicheskikh gammarid Kurilo-Kamchatskogo raiona Tikhogo Okeana. Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 86, 401 - 419. Translation [On the fauna of the pelagic gammarids of the Kurile - Kamchatka region of the Pacific Ocean. In: Bogorov, V. G. (Eds), Fauna of the Kurile - Kamchatka Trench and its environment. Israel Program for Scientific Translations, Jerusalem, pp. 419 - 438. (1972)].","Hatch, S. A. (1983) Storm-petrels (Oceanodroma spp.). In: Baird P. A. & Gould P. J. (Eds.). The breeding biology and feeding ecology of marine birds in the Gulf of Alaska. Final Report, Outer Continental Shelf Environmental Assessment Program Research Unit, 341, 171 - 206.","Nysewander, D. R. (1983) Black-legged Kittiwake (Rissa tridactyla). In: Baird P. A. & Gould, P. J. (Eds.), The breeding biology and feeding ecology of marine birds in the Gulf of Alaska. Final Report, Outer Continental Shelf Environmental Assessment Program Research Unit, 341, 295 - 348.","Hatch, S. A. (2013) Kittiwake diets and chick production signal a 2008 regime shift in the Northeast Pacific. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 477, 271 - 284. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.3354 / meps 10161","Birstein Ia. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1964) Pelagicheskie gammaridy (Amphipoda - Gammaridea) severnoi chasti Indiiskogo Okeana [Pelagic gammarid amphipods of the northern part of the Indian Ocean]. Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 65, 152 - 195.","Kilgallen, N. M. & Lowry, J. K. (2015) A review of the scopelocheirid amphipods (Crustacea, Amphipoda, Lysianassoidea), with the description of new taxa from Australian waters. Zoosystematics and Evolution, 91 (1), 1 - 43. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.3897 / zse. 91.8440","Thurston, M. H. (1974) The Crustacea Amphipoda of Signy Island, South Orkney Islands. British Antarctic Survey Scientific Reports, 71, 133 pp.","Thurston, M. H. & Bett, B. J. (1993) Eyelessness in marine gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea): geographical, bathymetric and taxonomic considerations. Journal of Natural History, 27 (4), 861 - 881. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1080 / 00222939300770531","Horton, T. & Thurston, M. (2014) A revision of the bathyal & abyssal necrophage genus Cyclocaris Stebbing, 1888 (Crustacea: Amphipoda: Cyclocaridae) with the addition of two new species from the Atlantic Ocean. Zootaxa, 3796 (3), 507 - 527. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 3796.3.6","Holmes, S. J. (1908) The Amphipoda collected by the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries steamer \" Albatross \" off the west coast of North America, in 1903 and 1904, with descriptions of a new family and several new genera and species. Proceedings of the United States National Museum, 35, 489 - 543. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.5479 / si. 00963801.35 - 1654.489","Hurley, D. E. (1963) Amphipoda of the family Lysianassidae from the west coast of North and Central America. Allan Hancock Foundation Publications, Occasional Paper, 25, 1 - 160.","Barnard, J. L. (1964) Some bathyal Pacific Amphipoda collected by the U. S. S. Albatross. Pacific Science, 18 (3), 315 - 335."]}

Debroyerella solidus (Andres, 1986) Cheirimedon similis.��� Andres, 1983: 185. Cheirimedon solidus Andres, 1986: 120, figs 5, 6.��� De Broyer & Jażdżewski, 1993: 66.��� De Broyer et al., 2007: 138. Types. Holotype, male, 11 mm, ZMH K 33164. Type locality. Weddell Sea, Antarctica (77 ��36.0'S 18 ��39.3'W). Description. Head, lateral cephalic lobe rounded; eyes reniform. Antenna 1 peduncular article 1 without anterodistal lobe; accessory flagellum with an elongate article 1 (at least twice as long as article 2) partially covering callynophore, 4 -articulate; primary flagellum with weak 1 -field callynophore; calceoli absent. Antenna 2 peduncular article 3 short; articles 3 to 5 not enlarged, brush setae present; calceoli absent. Labrum (epistome and upper lip) separate; epistome produced equally with upper lip, straight; upper lip produced, rounded apically. Mandible molar an (?) asymmetrically reduced column, proximally setose, distally triturating; left lacinia mobilis a long, slender robust seta. Maxilla 1 outer plate setal-teeth in a well-developed 7 / 4 crown arrangement; palp distal margin with apical robust setae. Maxilla 2 inner plate significantly shorter than outer plate. Maxilliped outer plate with 2 long (one slender, one broad) apical robust setae. Gnathopod 1 coxa large, about as long as coxa 2, subrectangular with slightly concave anterior margin, slightly expanded distally; basis sparsely setose along anterior margin; ischium short; propodus margins subparallel, palm transverse or slightly acute, entire, convex, minutely serrate; dactylus simple. Gnathopod 2 subchelate; propodus palm transverse, straight; dactylus fitting palm. Pereopod 4 coxa with a well-developed posteroventral lobe. Pereopod 5 coxa about as long as broad, producing slight posterior lobe; basis longer than broad, posterior margin weakly serrate; carpus 2 �� longer than wide; propodus 3 �� times longer than wide. Pereopod 6 carpus 2.5 �� longer than wide; propodus 3 �� times longer than wide. Pereopod 7 basis posterior margin evenly rounded, posterodistally produced less than halfway along merus; carpus 2.5 �� longer than wide; propodus 3 �� times longer than wide. Epimeron 3 posterior margin smooth or minutely serrate, posteroventral corner subquadrate. Uropod 2 inner ramus without constriction. Uropod 3 inner ramus slightly shorter than outer ramus; outer ramus article 2 short, with plumose setae on both rami. Telson distinctly longer than broad (length 1.6 �� width), cleft to 35 % of length, with 1 apical robust seta on each lobe. Depth range. 0���201 m in water depth of 1900 m. Remarks. Most similar to D. fougneri, Debroyerella solidus differs from that species by the shorter and stouter carpus and propodus of pereopods 5���7. Distribution. Antarctica. Scotia-Faunengebiet and Weddell Sea (Andres 1986)., Published as part of Lowry, J. K. & Kilgallen, N. M., 2015, Debroyerella gen. nov. and Ulladulla gen. nov., two new lysianassoid genera (Crustacea, Amphipoda, Lysianassoidea), pp. 153-162 in Zootaxa 3920 (1) on page 156, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.3920.1.7, http://zenodo.org/record/231901, {"references":["Andres, H. G. (1986) Atylopsis procerus sp. n. und Cheirimedon solidus sp. n. aus der Weddell See sowie Anmerkungen zu Orchomenella pinguides Walker, 1903. (Crustacea: Amphipoda: Gammaridea). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 83, 117 - 130.","Andres, H. G. (1983) Die Gammaridea (Crustacea: Amphipoda) der Deutschen Antarktis-Expeditionen 1975 / 76 und 1977 / 78. 3. Lysianassidae. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 80, 183 - 220.","De Broyer, C. & Jazdzewski, K. (1993) Contribution to the marine biodiversity inventory. A checklist of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean. Documents de Travail de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, 73, 1 - 154.","De Broyer, C., Lowry, J., Jazdzewski, K. & Robert, H. (2007) Catalogue of the Gammaridean and Corophiidean Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean with distribution and ecological data. Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Biologie, 11 (Supplement 1), 1 - 325"]}

Debroyerella fougneri (Walker, 1903) Cheirimedon fougneri Walker, 1903: 41, pl. 7, figs 1���6.��� Stebbing, 1906: 720.��� Nicholls, 1938: 23 (in part, part = C. similis).��� Shoemaker, 1945: 289 (in part, part = C. similis).��� J.L. Barnard, 1958: 90.��� Emison, 1968: 203, fig. 10, tables 10, 12 (ecology).��� J.L. Barnard, 1969: 314.��� Thurston & Allen, 1969: 357.��� Bellan-Santini, 1972 b: 689, pls 6, 7.��� Arnaud, 1974: 572, 648.��� Thurston, 1974: 50, figs 17, 18, 19 a���e, table 1.��� Lowry & Bullock, 1976: 86.��� De Broyer, 1983: 182.��� Barnard & Karaman, 1991: 475.��� Klages, 1991: 50.��� De Broyer & Jażdżewski, 1993: 66.��� Johnson et al., 2001: table 3.��� La Mesa et al., 2004: 724, table 2 (ecology).��� De Broyer et al. 2007: 137. not Cheirimedon fougneri. Walker, 1907: 9.��� Schellenberg, 1926: 263, fig. 13.��� K.H. Barnard, 1930: 326. (= C. similis). Types. Syntypes, NHM 1903: 10: 15: 13���15 (9 specimens in alcohol + 11 slides). Type locality. Ross Sea (78 �� 35 'S), surface. Description. Head, lateral cephalic lobe rounded; eyes reniform. Antenna 1 peduncular article 1 without anterodistal lobe; accessory flagellum with an elongate article 1 (at least twice as long as article 2) partially covering callynophore, 5 -articulate; primary flagellum with weak 1 -field callynophore, or without callynophore; robust setae absent from proximal articles; calceoli absent. Antenna 2 peduncular article 3 short; articles 3 to 5 not enlarged, brush setae present; calceoli absent. Labrum (epistome and upper lip) separate; epistome produced equally with upper lip, straight; upper lip not produced. Mandible molar an asymmetrically reduced column, proximally setose, distally triturating; left lacinia mobilis a long, slender robust seta. Maxilla 1 outer plate setalteeth in a well-developed 7 / 4 crown arrangement; palp distal margin with apical robust setae. Maxilla 2 inner plate significantly shorter than outer plate. Maxilliped outer plate with 2 long (one slender, one broad) apical robust setae. Gnathopod 1 coxa large, about as long as coxa 2, subrectangular with slightly concave anterior margin, slightly expanded distally; basis without setae along anterior margin; ischium short; propodus large, margins subparallel, palm slightly acute, entire, subtly sinusoidal, with small, irregular serrations; dactylus simple. Gnathopod 2 subchelate; propodus palm transverse to slightly obtuse, slightly concave; dactylus fitting palm. Pereopod 4 coxa with a well-developed posteroventral lobe. Pereopod 5 coxa about as long as broad, posterior lobe slightly produced; basis longer than broad, posterior margin weakly serrate; carpus 4 �� longer than wide; propodus 5 �� longer than wide. Pereopod 6 carpus 4 �� longer than wide; propodus 5 �� longer than wide. Pereopod 7 basis posterior margin evenly rounded, posterodistally produced less than halfway along merus; carpus 4 �� longer than wide; propodus 4 �� longer than wide. Epimeron 3 posterior margin smooth or very minutely serrate distally, posteroventral corner forming small, weak spine. Urosomite 1 not projecting over urosomite 2, with anterodorsal notch and slightly rounded boss. Uropod 2 inner ramus without constriction. Uropod 3 inner ramus two-thirds as long as outer ramus; outer ramus article 2 short, with plumose setae on both rami. Telson distinctly longer than broad (length 1.4 �� width), cleft to 35 % of length, without dorsal robust setae, with 1 apical robust seta on each lobe. Male (sexually dimorphic characters). Calceoli present on antennae 1 and 2. Depth range. 0 m, surface (De Broyer et al. 2007). Remarks. The variation of character states between the three currently described species of Debroyerella gen. sp. nov. is extremely subtle, and the species are morphologically very similar. Debroyerella fougneri is distinguished from D. similis (Thurston, 1974) by the broader and more distally expanded gnathopod 1 coxa, the shallower coxa of pereopod 5 and the longer and more weakly cleft telson. The same species can be separated from D. solidus (Andres, 1986) by the less convex and more sinuous palm of gnathopod 1, and the longer and more slender carpus and propodus of pereopods 5���7. Distribution. Antarctica. Ad��lie Coast (Nicholls 1938); Palmer Archipelago (Shoemaker 1945); Shackleton Glacier (Nicholls 1938); Ross Sea (Shoemaker 1945, La Mesa et al. 2004); Weddell Sea (Klages 1991); Davis Sea (Johnson et al. 2001)., Published as part of Lowry, J. K. & Kilgallen, N. M., 2015, Debroyerella gen. nov. and Ulladulla gen. nov., two new lysianassoid genera (Crustacea, Amphipoda, Lysianassoidea), pp. 153-162 in Zootaxa 3920 (1) on pages 154-155, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.3920.1.7, http://zenodo.org/record/231901, {"references":["Walker, A. O. (1903) Amphipoda of the ' Southern Cross' Antarctic Expedition. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology, 29, 38 - 64, pls. 37 - 11.","Stebbing, T. R. R. (1906) Amphipoda. I. Gammaridea. Das Tierreich, 21, 1 - 806.","Nicholls, G. E. (1938) Amphipoda, Gammaridea. Australasian Antarctic Expedition 1911 - 14, Scientific Reports, Series C, 2, 1 - 145.","Shoemaker, C. R. (1945) Amphipoda of the United States Antarctic Service Expedition 1939 - 1941. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 89, 289 - 293.","Barnard, J. L. (1958) Index to the families, genera, and species of the gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea). Allan Hancock Foundation Publications, Occasional Paper, 19, 1 - 145.","Emison, W. B. (1968) Feeding preferences of the Adelie Penguin at Cape Crozier, Ross Island. Antarctic Research Series, 12, 191 - 212.","Barnard, J. L. (1969) The families and genera of marine gammaridean Amphipoda. Bulletin of the United States National Museum, 271, 1 - 535. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.5479 / si. 03629236.258.1","Thurston, M. H. & Allen, E. (1969) Type material of the families Lysianassidae, Stegocephalidae, Ampeliscidae and Haustoriidae (Crustacea: Amphipoda) in the collections of the British Museum (Natural History). Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History), Series Zoology, 17, 347 - 388.","Bellan-Santini, D. (1972) Amphipodes provenant des contenus stomacaux de trois especes de poissons Nototheniidae recoltes en Terre Adelie (Antarctique). Tethys, 4, 683 - 702.","Arnaud, P. M. (1974) Contribution a la bionomie marine benthique des regions antarctiques et subantarctiques. Tethys, 6, 465 - 656.","Thurston, M. H. (1974) Crustacea Amphipoda from Graham Land and the Scotia Arc, collected by Operation Tabarin and the Falkland Islands Dependencies Survey, 1944 - 59. British Antarctic Survey Scientific Reports, 85, 1 - 89.","Lowry, J. K. & Bullock, S. (1976) Catalogue of the marine gammaridean Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Royal Society of New Zealand Bulletin, 16, 1 - 187.","De Broyer, C. (1983) Recherches sur la systematique et l'evolution des crustaces amphipodes gammarides antarctiques et subantarctiques. PhD Thesis, Universite de Louvain, 468 pp.","Barnard, J. L. & Karaman, G. S. (1991) The families and genera of marine gammaridean Amphipoda (except marine gammaroids). Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 13, 1 - 866. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.13.1991.91","Klages, M. (1991) Biologische und populationsdynamische Untersuchungen an ausgewahlten Gammariden (Crustacea; Amphipoda) des sudostlichen Weddelsmeeres, Antarktis. PhD Thesis, Naturwissenschaften, Universitat Bremen, 240 pp.","De Broyer, C. & Jazdzewski, K. (1993) Contribution to the marine biodiversity inventory. A checklist of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean. Documents de Travail de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, 73, 1 - 154.","Johnson, W. S., Stevens, M. & Watling, L. (2001) Reproduction and development of marine peracaridans. Advances in Marine Biology, 39, 105 - 260. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1016 / S 0065 - 2881 (01) 39009 - 0","La Mesa, M., Salu, M. & Vacchi, M. (2004) Trophic ecology of the emerald notothen Trematomus bernacchii (Pisces, Nototheniidae) from Terra Nova Bay, Ross Sea, Antarctica. Polar Biology, 27, 721 - 728. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1007 / s 00300 - 004 - 0645 - x","De Broyer, C., Lowry, J., Jazdzewski, K. & Robert, H. (2007) Catalogue of the Gammaridean and Corophiidean Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean with distribution and ecological data. Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Biologie, 11 (Supplement 1), 1 - 325","Walker, A. O. (1907) Crustacea III. - Amphipoda. National Antarctic Expedition 1901 - 1904, Natural History, 3, 1 - 38, pls. 31 - 13.","Schellenberg, A. (1926) Die Gammariden der Deutschen Sudpolar-Expedition 1901 - 1903. Deutsche Sudpolar-Expedition, 18, 235 - 414.","Barnard, K. H. (1930) Crustacea. Part XI. - Amphipoda. British Antarctic (\" Terra Nova \") Expedition, 1910, Natural History Reports, Zoology, 8, 307 - 454.","Types. Syntypes, NHM 1903: 10: 15: 13 - 15 (9 specimens in alcohol + 11 slides).","Andres, H. G. (1986) Atylopsis procerus sp. n. und Cheirimedon solidus sp. n. aus der Weddell See sowie Anmerkungen zu Orchomenella pinguides Walker, 1903. (Crustacea: Amphipoda: Gammaridea). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 83, 117 - 130."]}

Hyperoche medusarum (Kr��yer, 1838) (Figs. 1���3) Metoecus medusarum Kr��yer, 1838: 288 ���291; pl. 3, fig. 15 a-n.��� Milne-Edwards 1840: 78. White 1847: 91. Gosse 1853: 367. White 1857: 207. Boeck 1871: 86. Metoicus medusarum ��� Kinahan 1859: 83. non��� Hyperia medusarum ��� Bate 1862: 295���296; pl. 49, fig. 1, (= Hyperia sp.). Hyperia medusarum ���Go��s 1865: 534. Tauria medusarum ��� Sars 1882: 75. Hyperoche medusarum ��� Hansen 1888: 58 ���59. Stebbing 1888: 1399. Stappers 1911: 77. Stephensen 1912: 557 & 609 (lists), 612. Stephensen 1913 b: 99 ���100. Stephensen 1923 a: 13 ���15, chart 1. Stephensen 1923 b: 7. Stephensen 1924: 79. Schellenberg 1927: 630 ���631, fig. 38. Stephensen 1928: 30 ���31, figs. 4.7���4.8. Pirlot 1929: 118 ���119. Stephensen 1929: 42, fig. 13.3. Barnard 1930: 415 (key). Stephensen 1932: 375 (list). Stephensen 1933: 61. Behning 1939: 361 ���362. Pirlot 1939: 38. Stephensen 1940: 5, 84 & 98 (tables). Stephensen 1942: 458, 504 (table). Stephensen 1944: 9, tables (pp. 145, 149 & 160). Bousfield 1951: 139, fig. 3 (map), passim. Dunbar 1954: 782. Bulycheva 1955: 1043 (table). Hurley 1956: 14. Vinogradov 1956: 211. Irie 1957: 10 (table). Irie 1958: 107 (table). Irie 1959: Table 4. Grice & Hart 1962: 301. Bowman et al. 1963: 144, fig. 3 i. Dunbar 1963: 2 (key), 3, fig. 3. Brusca 1970: 179 ���181, fig. 1. Dick 1970: 58, fig. 6. Shih et al. 1971: 65 ���66, 165, 221. Yoo 1971: 42 (list), 56. Evans & Sheader 1972: 275 ���276. Sanger 1973: 5, 7, 8 & 11 (tables), 10, fig. 3. Sanger 1974: 3 & 5 (tables), 6. Flores & Brusca 1975: 10 ���14, figs. 1 & 3. Lorz & Pearcy 1975: 1443 (text fig.), 1444 (table), 1445. Westerhagen 1976: 43���50, fig. 1. Westerhagen & Rosenthal 1976: 669 ���673. Harbison et al. 1977: 482 (table). Shih & Laubitz 1978: 50. Laval 1980: passim. Brusca 1981: 10 (list), 41, fig. 7 f & 7 h. Vinogradov et al. 1982: 282 (key), 283���284, fig. 142. Cahoon et al. 1986: 95 ���96. Vinogradov 1992: 325. De Broyer & Jażdżewski 1993: 114 ���115. Shih & Chen 1995: 84 (key), 84���86, fig. 50. Spicer & Morritt 1995: 997 ���998. Lin et al. 1996: 229 (table). Lavaniegos & Ohman 1999: 495 (table). Vinogradov 1999: 1146 (table), 1185 (key), 1185���1186, fig. 4.108. Lowry 2000: 325 (list). Escobar-Briones et al. 2002: 367 (list). Weslawski & Legezynska 2002: 255 & 257 (tables), 257���258, 260. Brusca & Hendrickx 2005: 150 (list). Gasca et al. 2006: 239. Browne et al. 2007: 819 (table), fig. 4 (phylogenetic tree). Gasca 2009 a: 88 (table). Lavaniegos & Hereu 2009: 141, 143, 145, 146 (table), 148, 151 (appendix). Mori et al. 2010: 9 (list). Valencia & Giraldo 2012: 1492 (table). Valencia et al. 2013: 51 (table), 59. Hurt et al. 2013: 31 (table), figs. 1���2 (phylogenetic trees). non [mis-identification = Hyperoche luetkenides]��� Barnard 1932: 276. Hardy & Gunther 1935: 195, 197. Hurley 1955: 144���147, figs. 96���114. Hurley 1960: 112. Hurley 1969: 33, pl. 19 (maps). Lipskaya 1980: 13���14. Ramirez & Vinas 1985: 32���33, figs. 3���4. Jażdżewski & Presler 1988: 63 & 69 (tables), 66, figs. 1���2.). Torres et al. 1994: 210���211 (incl. table). non [mis-identification =? Hyperoche mediterranea]��� Siegfried 1963: 8. Sorarrain et al. 2001: 407���409. non [mis-identification = Hyperoche capucinus]��� Dinofrio 1977: 7 (key), 9, 12; pl. 1, fig. 6; pl. 2, fig. 3. non [mis-identification = Hyperoche shihi]��� Gasca & Haddock 2004: 532 (table), 533, fig. 2 B. Hyperia tauriformis Bate & Westwood, 1868: 519, text fig. Hyperoche tauriformis ��� Bovallius 1889: 85, 115, text fig. Norman 1900: 130. Norman & Scott 1906: 54 ���55. Tattersall 1906: 23. Norman & Brady 1909: 301 (52). Tesch 1911: 180. Tattersall 1913: 21. Bigalow 1926: 165���166. Chevreux 1935: 191. Hyperia prehensilis Bate & Westwood, 1868: 520, text fig. Hyperoche prehensilis ��� Bovallius 1887 a: 19. Bovallius 1889: 86 (key), 93���94, text fig. Norman 1900: 130 ���131. Metoecus abyssorum Boeck, 1871: 86 ���87. Tauria abyssorum ��� Boeck 1872: pl. 1, fig. 2. Boeck 1876: 83���84. Hyperia abyssorum ��� Bovallius 1885: 17. Hyperoche abyssorum ��� Bovallius 1887 a: 19. Bovallius 1887 b: 564. Bovallius 1889: 86 (key), 92, 94��� 97, text fig. Hyperia kroeyeri Bovallius, 1885: 17. Hyperoche Kroeyeri ��� Bovallius 1887 a: 18. Bovallius 1887 b: 564. Bovallius 1889: 86 (key), 87���92, text figs. Hyperoche kroeyeri ��� Shoemaker 1920: 24 ���25. Hyperoche Kr��yeri ��� Sars 1895: 9, pl. 4. Linko 1907: 197. Chevreux & Fage 1925: 405 ���406, fig. 404. Stephensen 1913 a: 83. Stephensen 1925: 229 (table). Hyperoche kroyeri ��� Sheader 1973: 247. Harbison et al. 1977: 482 (table). Laval 1980: 18 (table). Hyperoche Luetkeni Bovallius 1887 a: 19.��� Bovallius 1887 b: 565, pl. 44, figs. 55���71. Bovallius 1889: 86 (key), 92, 97��� 105, pl. 7, figs. 1���26. Hyperoche L��tkeni ��� Vosseler 1901: 55 ���56. Hyperoche luetkeni ��� Steuer 1911: 674 (key). Hyperoche leutkeni ��� Thorsteinson 1941: 88 ���90; pl. 8, figs. 83���92. Hyperoche lutkeni ��� Laval 1980: 18 (table). Hyperoche cryptodactylus [mis-identification]��� Gasca 2009 b: 217 (table). Lavaneigos & Hereu 2009: 142, 151 (appendix). Type material. It seems doubtful that type material of Metoecus medusarum was designated because Kr��yer (1838) believed that his material represented the species described by Fabricius (1780). However, Bovallius (1889) seems to have seen some specimens of Kr��yer in the ZMUC and determined that they belonged to Hyperoche, but no such specimens could be found in the ZMUC or NRS. The type locality is the west coast of Greenland. Type material of synonyms. Type material of Hyperia tauriformis and H. prehensilis seems to be lost because no specimens bearing this name could be found in the NHM, London. The type locality for both species is ���at Banff, by Mr. Edward���. Type material of Metoecus abyssorum could not be found in any major European institution and is considered lost. The type locality is Hardangarfjord, Norway. There is no type material for Hyperia kroeyeri because Bovallius (1885) was only providing a new name for Metoecus medusarum Kr��yer, 1838 (thought to belong to Hyperia) because Hyperia medusarum (M��ller, 1776) has precedence but is a different species. Some syntypes of Hyperoche luetkeni are in the ZMUC. One female (CRU- 7071), from the south-eastern tip of Greenland [57 �� 49 ���N 35 �� 24 ���W], ���Bang 1868 ���, and 14 females and 4 males (CRU- 9243), from Jakobshavn, West Greenland, ���Borch 1859 ���. There are also some unregistered specimens in the NRS which may represent type material, and it is likely that Bovallius (1887 b) used some of it to illustrate his species. All the material is on microscope slides. One lot (two slides) from ���Spitzbergen, 1881 ��� and the remainder from off Greenland as follows. One slide [58 ��N 50 ��W], one slide [67 �� 35 ���N] and six slides from the same locality as ZMUC CRU- 7071. Diagnosis. Females: Sexually mature at about 7.0 mm (reports of some Arctic specimens reaching 15.0 mm remains to be confirmed). Antennae 1 as long as head, about 1.6 x A 2. Head length equal to first two pereonites combined. Pereon globular, length about 1.5 x pleon. Gnathopod 1; basis marginally shorter than remaining articles combined, relatively broad with maximum width about 0.6 x length; merus spoon-shaped, projecting under carpus, almost to base of propodus, with fringe of setae on distal margin; carpal process extends just past distal margin of propodus, anterior margin denticulate; posterior and distal margin of propodus also denticulate; dactylus slightly curved, posterior margin finely denticulate, length almost 0.4 x propodus. Gnathopod 2 slightly longer and more slender than G 1 but similar in structure except for slightly shorter spoon-shaped process of merus. Pereopods 3 & 4 similar in length to P 5 & 6, or marginally shorter. Pereopod 3; basis length 2.5 x merus; carpus with postero-distal corner produced into slight tooth with denticulate margins, length 1.2 x merus and 0.8 x propodus; posterior margin of propodus denticulate; dactylus length slightly more than 0.2 x propodus. Pereopod 4 slightly more slender than P 3 but similar in structure except the basis is relatively shorter, the carpus and propodus are relatively longer and the postero-distal corner of the merus is rounded. Pereopods 5 & 6 are similar in size and structure; basis length about twice merus; carpus length about 1.3 x merus, slightly shorter than propodus; dactylus length 0.3 x propodus. Pereopod 7; coxa fused with pereonite; similar in structure to P 6 but slightly shorter because merus is relatively shorter. Epimeral plates with postero-distal corner produced into small point. Uropod 1; peduncle reaching to limit of peduncle of U 2 and to about half peduncle of U 3; inner ramus marginally longer than outer, slightly shorter than peduncle. Uropod 2; inner ramus slightly shorter than peduncle, about 1.5 x length of outer ramus. Uropod 3; inner ramus marginally longer and wider than outer, about half-length peduncle. Telson triangular, marginally longer than wide, slightly shorter than half of peduncle of U 3. Colour in life: according to Shoemaker (1920), based on specimens from the Alaskan Arctic. ���Central areas of eyes duck green. Dorsal parts of the body segments apricot orange. Sides of body, sideplates, gnathopods, peraeopods, pleopods, uropods and telson splotched with apricot orange. Rest of animal translucent.��� Males: Sexually mature at about 7���8 mm. Antennae as long as entire animal. Pereon and pleon slender, of similar length. Appendages generally more slender than in females, especially the gnathopoda, otherwise very similar in structure and relative lengths of articles, except for the following minor variations. Gnathopoda with merus not projected as far under the carpus. Pereopods 3 & 4 with postero-distal corner of the carpus less prominent. Epimeral plates relatively much longer and deeper. Uropod 1; peduncle extends to just past limit of peduncle of U 2, to about 0.6 x peduncle of U 3; both rami with characteristic proximal excavation. Telson as wide as long, about 0.4 x length of peduncle of U 3. Material examined. Some syntypes of Hyperoche luetkeni as detailed above and the following additional material. N.W. Atlantic: Iceland / Greenland region, including Davis Strait; expeditions of Godthaab, Thor, Ingolf, Dana and others; 134 females, 85 males (82 lots; ZMUC), all near surface. N.E. Atlantic: Vicinity of Denmark and the North Sea; 160 females, 54 males, 2 juveniles (34 lots; ZMUC), all near surface. Four lots (ZMUC), near the Faeroe Islands; 4 females [62 �� 10 ���N 07�� 30 ���W], Vestmanna, surface, 11 July 1900; two females [62 �� 25 ���N 07�� 40 ���W], Dana stn. 2228, 65 mw, 1 August 1924; female [61 �� 32.5 ���N 06�� 47 ���W], Dana stn. 2241, 40 mw, 3 August 1924; two females [61 �� 55 ���N 07�� 30 ���W], Dana stn. 7661 ��� 1, 118 ��� 120 m, 14 June 1951. Near the English Channel (ZMUC); female [49 �� 17 ���N 04�� 13 ���W], Thor stn. 1, 25 mw, 28 November 1908; 3 females [47 ��01���N 05�� 48 ���W], Thor stn. 76, 25 & 65 mw, 10 March 1909. 3 males (ZMUC), mid-Atlantic [48 �� 43 ���N 40 �� 45 ���W], Thor stn. 247, surface, 19 September 1910. N.E. Pacific: Fifteen females, 9 males (11 lots; SAMA C 7913���7923), vicinity of Vancouver Island, British Columbia [range about, 48 ����� 52 ��N 124 �� 31 ������ 129 �� 42 ���W], Line P and La Perouse Monitoring Program, 0���250 m, ex. M. Galbraith. Male (SAMA C 7924), off British Columbia [49 �� 58.10 ���N 144 �� 56.20 ���W], Cruise 9824, stn. 98090, 1200 m, 8 July 1998. Male (SAMA C 7925], off British Columbia [50 ��00.32���N 144 �� 54.07 ���W], Cruise 0 229, stn. OSO 250, 1200 m, 18 July 2002. Six males (SAMA C 7926), stomach of Pink Salmon [51 ��N 145 ��W], Cruise 2012, stn. OSO 134, 10 July 2000. Female, 2 males (SAMA C 7927), south of Alaskan Peninsula [50 ��00.50���N 165 ��00.20���W], 150 m, September 1999. Female (SAMA C 7928), north-west of Graham Island [54 �� 20.60 ���N 133 �� 17.80 ���W], Cruise 9816 PBS, stn. 2200, 16 June 1998. Male (SAMA C 7929), off Vancouver Is. [50 ��N 145 ��W], Cruise IOS 0 311 stn. P 26, 250 m, 3 June 2003. Female, male (SAMA C 7930), off San Francisco [37 �� 53 ���N 123 �� 25 ���W], NORPAC, 50 ���0 m, September 2005. Female (SAMA C 7931), Californian Transition Zone, 76 ��� 51 m, Cruise CTZ 88, stn. 30, 10 June 1988. Remarks. This is a medium-sized species, reaching sexual maturity at about 7���8 mm, although Vinogradov et al. (1982) note that some Arctic specimens reach 15 mm, but this could not be confirmed from the literature or from specimens examined. This species is very difficult to distinguish from H. luetkenides. According to Walker (1906), who based his description on a unique male, the main character distinguishing H. luetkenides from H. medusarum is the ornamentation of the distal margin of the merus and carpus of pereopods 3 & 4, which in H. luetkenides is not denticulate, just armed with setae. However, in males of Hyperoche the articles of the pereopoda are usually less ornamented than in females, and in males of H. medusarum the distal margin of the merus and carpus of pereopods 3 & 4 is very finely serrated, giving the appearance of setae. Thus, this character cannot be used to separate these two species. Hence there are a number of Southern Hemisphere records of H. medusarum most of which are here considered to represent H. luetkenides. Compared to H. medusarum, females of H. luetkenides generally have the gnathopoda, pereopoda and uropoda with slightly more robust articles; the spoon-shaped merus and carpal process of the gnathopoda extends slightly further; the peduncle of U 1 does not reach the limit of the peduncle of U 2 and the second antennae seem to be relatively shorter, about 1.3 x A 2 (about 1.6 x for H. medusarum). Hyperoche luetkenides is also a much larger species, sexually mature at about 14���18 mm with a maximum size of about 20 mm. During this study a few male specimens were found to have some pereopoda with the dactyls retracted, sometimes only partially (Fig. 3), and usually only on one side. This character probably also occurs in females because it has been found in females of H. luetkenides, occurring in one of the second gnathopoda (Fig. 9). This character does not seem to be common but probably occurs sporadically in all species of Hyperoche. It seems unlikely that this character is an artefact of preservation because it has not been noted in any other hyperiid that normally has non-retractile dactyls. This species has been recorded as an associate of the following medusa; Chrysaora sp. and other large medusa (Gosse 1853 and many subsequent authors in general), Aurelia aurita (Stephensen 1923 a), Cyanea capillata & Tima formosa (Bowman et al. 1963), and Mitrocoma cellularia (Gasca et al. 2006). It has also been found on the ctenophores Beroe forskalii (Stephensen 1923 a, Pirlot 1939), Beroe cucumis & Pleurobrachia pileus (Sheader 1973, Evans & Sheader 1972), Pleurobrachia bachei (Brusca 1970, Flores & Brusca 1975), Beroe ovata & Mnemiopsis leidyi (Cahoon et al. 1986) and Mnemiopsis mccradyi (Sorarrain et al. 2001). In addition Westernhagen (1976) records it from hydromedusae of the genera Sarsia, Tiaropsis and Phialidium or Polyorchis. Distribution. This species is relatively abundant in the colder parts of the Northern Hemisphere; found mainly in near-surface waters. In the North Atlantic it mainly inhabits Arctic waters, rarely venturing further south than about 50 ��N. In the North Pacific it is also more common in Arctic waters but ranges further south to about 30 ��N; in the west to the East China Sea, and sometimes beyond, and in the east to the Gulf of California. It has not been recorded from the Indian Ocean, and it is unlikely to occur there because it seems to be a predominantly Arctic species., Published as part of Zeidler, Wolfgang, 2015, A review of the hyperiidean amphipod genus Hyperoche Bovallius, 1887 (Crustacea: Amphipoda: Hyperiidea: Hyperiidae), with the description of a new genus to accommodate H. shihi Gasca, 2005, pp. 151-192 in Zootaxa 3905 (2) on pages 155-161, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.3905.2.1, http://zenodo.org/record/233364, {"references": ["Kroyer, H. (1838) Gronlands amfipoder beskrevne af Henrik Kroyer. Det Konigelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Naturvidenskabelige og Mathematiske Afhandlinger, 7, 229 - 326, plates 1 - 4.", "Milne-Edwards, H. (1840) Histoire naturelle des Crustaces, comprenant l'anatomie, la physiologie, et la classification de ces animaux. Tome 3. Librairie encyclopedique de Roret, Paris, 638 pp., plates 1 - 42. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 16170", "White, A. (1847) List of the specimens of Crustacea in the Collections of the British Museum. Printed by the order of the Trustees, London (E. Newman), 1847, 143 pp.", "Gosse, P. H. (1853) A Naturalist's rambles on the Devonshire Coast. John Van Voorst, London, 451 pp. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 42528", "White, A. (1857) A popular History of British Crustacea; comprising a familiar account of their classification and habits. Lovell Reeve, London, 358 pp., 20 plates.", "Boeck, A. (1871) Crustacea Amphipoda Borealia et Arctica. Forhandlinger i Vedenskabs-Selskabet i Christiania Aar, 1870, 81 - 280 (1 - 200).", "Kinahan, J. R. (1859) Notes on dredging in Belfast Bay, with a list of species. (Proceedings of the Dublin Natural History Society). The Natural History Review, and Quarterly Journal of Science, VI, 79 - 85. [London, 1859]", "Bate, C. S. (1862) Catalogue of the specimens of Amphipodous Crustacea in the collection of the British Museum. British Museum, Natural History, London, 399 pp., plates 1 - 58.", "Sars, G. O. (1882) Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer med forelobige Bemaerkninger over de nye eller mindre bekjendte Arter. I. (Podophthalmata-Cumacea-Isopoda-Amphipoda) (med 6 autographiske Plancher). Christiana Videnskabsselskabet Forhandlinger, 1882, No. 18, 1 - 124, plates 1 - 6.", "Hansen, H. J. (1888) Malacostraca marina Groenlandiae occidentalis. Oversigt over det vestlige Gronlands Fauna af malakostrake Havkrebsdyr. Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening, i Kjobenhavn 1887, 39, 5 - 226, plates 2 - 7.", "Stebbing, T. R. R. (1888) Report on the Amphipoda collected by H. M. S. ' Challenger' during the years 1873 - 1876. Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H. M. S. ' Challenger' during the years 1873 - 76. Zoology, 29, i - xxiv & 1 - 1737, plates 1 - 210.", "Stappers, L. (1911) Crustaces Malacostraces. Campagne Arctique de 1907, Duc d'Orleans, 7, 1 - 152, plates 1 - 7, maps 1 - 2. [Bruxelles]", "Stephensen, K. (1912) Report on the Malacostraca, Pycnogonida, and some Entomostraca collected by the Danmark Expedition to North-East Greenland. Meddelelser om Gronland, 45, 501 - 630, plates 39 - 43.", "Stephensen, K. (1913 b) Gronlands Krebsdyr og Pycnogonider (Conspectus Crustaceorum et Pycnogonidorum Groenlandiae). Meddelelser om Gronland, 22, 1 - 479.", "Stephensen, K. (1923 a) Crustacea Malacostraca, V. (Amphipoda. 1). Danish Ingolf-Expedition, 3 (8), 1 - 100, + 2 tables, 1 map.", "Stephensen, K. (1923 b) Revideret Fortegnelse over Danmarks Arter af Amphipoda (1. Del). (Hyperiidea; Gammaridea: Lysianassidae). Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening, 76, 1 - 20.", "Stephensen, K. (1924) Hyperiidea-Amphipoda (Part 2: Paraphronimidae, Hyperiidae, Dairellidae, Phronimidae, Anchylomeridae). Report on the Danish Oceanographical Expeditions 1908 - 10 to the Mediterranean and Adjacent Seas, 2 (Biology-D 4), 71 - 149.", "Schellenberg, A. (1927) Amphipoda des Nordischen Plankton. In: Nordisches Plankton, Zoologischer Teil. Vol. 3. Kiel, Leipzig. pp. 589 - 722.", "Stephensen, K. (1928) Storkrebs II. Ringkrebs I. Tanglopper (Amfipoder). In: Danmarks Fauna, illustrerede haanboger over den Danske dyreverden med statsunderstottelse udgivne af Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening. G. E. C. Gads, Forlag- Kobenhavn, pp. 1 - 399 pp., figures 1 - 93.", "Pirlot, J. M. (1929) Resultats zoologiques de la croisiere atlantique de'l'Armauer Hansen' (Mai-Juin 1922). 1. Les Amphipodes Hyperides. Memoires de la Societe Royale des Sciences de Liege, Serie 3, 15 (2), 1 - 196.", "Stephensen, K. (1929) Die Tierwelt der Nord-und Ostsee, herausgegeben von G. 10 (xf). Grimpe, Leipzig, 188 pp., 43 figs.", "Barnard, K. H. (1930) Crustacea. Part X 1: Amphipoda. British Antarctic (Terra Nova) Expedition 1910, Zoology, 8 (4), 307 - 454.", "Stephensen, K. (1932) The Tanaidacea and Amphipoda of the Arctic. Fauna Arctica, 6, 343 - 378.", "Stephensen, K. (1933) Amphipoda. The Godthaab Expedition. Meddelelser om Gronland, 79 (7), 1 - 88, figs. 1 - 33.", "Behning, A. L. (1939) Die Amphipoda-Hyperiidea der den Fernen Osten der UdSSR. umgrendzenden Meere. Internationale Revue der gesamten Hydrobiologie und Hydrographie, 38 (3 / 4), 353 - 367. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1002 / iroh. 19390380117", "Pirlot, J. M. (1939) Sur des Amphipodes Hyperides provenant des croisieres du Prince Albert 1 er de Monaco. Resultats des Campagnes Scientifiques accomplies sur son Yacht par Albert 1 er Prince Souverain de Monaco, Fascicule 102, 1 - 64.", "Stephensen, K. (1940) Marine Amphipoda. The Zoology of Iceland, III (Part 26), 1 - 111. [Ejnar Munksgaard, Copenhagen and Reykjavik]", "Stephensen, K. (1942) The Amphipoda of N. Norway and Spitsbergen with adjacent waters. Fasc. IV. Tromso Museums Skrifter, 3 (4), 363 - 526, 26 text figs.", "Stephensen, K. (1944) Amphipoda. In: Degerbol, M., Jensen, A. S., Sparck, R. & Thorson, G. (Eds.), ' The Zoology of East Greenland'. Meddelelser om Gronland, 121 (14), pp. 1 - 165.", "Bousfield, E. L. (1951) Pelagic Amphipoda of the Belle Isle Strait region. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, 8, 134 - 163, 14 figs.", "Dunbar, M. J. (1954) The amphipod Crustacea of Ungava Bay, Canadian eastern arctic. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, 11 (6), 709 - 798, 42 figs.", "Bulycheva, A. I. (1955) Hyperiids (Amphipoda: Hyperiidea) of the north-west Pacific Ocean. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Doklady, 102 (5), 1047 - 1050. [in Russian]", "Hurley, D. E. (1956) Bathypelagic and other Hyperiidea from Californian waters. Allan Hancock Foundation Publications, Occasional Paper, No. 18, 1 - 25.", "Vinogradov, M. E. (1956) Hyperiids (Amphipoda: Hyperiidea) of the western Bering Sea. Zoologicheskii Zhurnal, 35 (2), 194 - 218. [in Russian]", "Irie, H. (1957) Pelagic Amphipods in the Western Seas of Kyusyu. Bulletin of the Faculty of Fisheries, Nagasaki University, 5, 8 - 12.", "Irie, H. (1958) Pelagic Amphipods in Omura Bay. Bulletin of the Faculty of Fisheries, Nagasaki University, 6, 106 - 108.", "Irie, H. (1959) Studies on pelagic amphipods in the adjacent seas of Japan. Bulletin of the Faculty of Fisheries, Nagasaki University, 8, 20 - 42.", "Grice, G. D. & Hart, A. D. (1962) The abundance, seasonal occurrence and distribution of the epizooplankton between New York and Bermuda. Ecological Monographs, 32, 287 - 307. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.2307 / 1942377", "Bowman, T. E., Meyers, C. D. & Hicks, S. D. (1963) Notes on associations between hyperiid amphipods and medusae in Chesapeake and Nurragansett Bays and the Niantic River. Chesapeake Science, 4 (3), 141 - 146. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.2307 / 1350747", "Dunbar, M. J. (1963) Amphipoda Sub-order: Hyperiidea. Family: Hyperiidae. Fiches d'identification du Zooplankton. Conseil International pour l'Exploration de la Mer. Zooplankton Sheet No. 103, 1 - 4.", "Brusca, G. J. (1970) Notes on the association between Hyperoche medusarum A. Agassiz (Amphipoda: Hyperiidea) and the ctenophore, Pleurobrachia bachei (Muller). Bulletin Southern California Academy of Sciences, 69, 179 - 181.", "Dick, R. I. (1970) Hyperiidea (Crustacea: Amphipoda) Keys to South African genera and species, and a distribution list. Annals of the South African Museum, 57 (3), 25 - 86.", "Shih, C. - T., Figueira, A. J. G. & Grainger, F. H. (1971) A synopsis of Canadian marine Zooplankton. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Bulletin 176, 1 - 264, + 1 map.", "Yoo, K. I. (1971) Pelagic hyperiids (Amphipoda: Hyperiidea) of the western North Pacific Ocean. Journal of the National Academy of Sciences, Republic of Korea, Natural Science Series, 10, 39 - 89.", "Evans, F. & Sheader, M. (1972) Host species of the hyperiid amphipod Hyperoche medusarum (Kroyer) in the North Sea. Crustaceana, Supplement, 3, 275 - 276.", "Sanger, G. A. (1973) Epipelagic Amphipods (Crustacea) off Washington and British Columbia, October-November 1971. Northwest Fisheries Center, NOAA, MARMAP Survey I, Report No. 8, 1 - 29. [Seattle, Washington]", "Sanger, G. A. (1974) Pelagic Amphipod Crustaceans from the Southeastern Bering Sea, June 1971. NOAA Technical Report NMFS SSRF- 580, iii & 1 - 8.", "Flores, M. & Brusca, G. J. (1975) Observations on two species of hyperiid amphipods associated with the ctenophore Pleurobrachia bachei. Bulletin Southern California Academy of Sciences, 74, 10 - 15.", "Lorz, H. U. & Pearcy, W. G. (1975) Distribution of hyperiid amphipods off the Oregon Coast. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, 32, 1442 - 1447. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1139 / f 75 - 165", "Westerhagen, H. & Rosenthal, H. (1976) Predator-prey relationship between pacific herring, Clupea harengus pallasi larvae and a predatory hyperiid amphipod, Hyperoche medusarum. Fishery Bulletin, 74 (3), 669 - 674.", "Harbison, G. R., Biggs, D. C. & Madin, L. P. (1977) The associations of Amphipoda Hyperiidea with gelatinous zooplankton-II. Associations with Cnidaria, Ctenophora and Radiolaria. Deep-Sea Research, 24, 465 - 488. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1016 / 0146 - 6291 (77) 90484 - 2", "Shih C. - T. & Laubitz, D. R. (1978) Zooplankton distribution in the eastern Beaufort Sea and the Northwest Passage. Astarte, 11, 45 - 54.", "Laval, P. (1980) Hyperiid amphipods as crustacean parasitoids associated with gelatinous plankton. Oceanography and Marine Biology, Annual Review, 18, 11 - 56.", "Brusca, G. J. (1981) Annotated keys to the Hyperiidea (Crustacea: Amphipoda) of North American coastal waters. Technical Reports of the Allan Hancock Foundation, 5, 1 - 76.", "Vinogradov, M. E., Volkov, A. F. & Semenova, T. N. (1982) Amfipody-Giperiidy (Amphipoda: Hyperiidea) Mirovogo Okeanea. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Opredeliteli po Faune SSSR No. 132. Leningrad, 492 pp. [in Russian, English translation, 1996, Smithsonian Institution Libraries, Washington D. C., D. Siegel-Causey, Scientific Editor]", "Cahoon, L. B., Tronzo, C. R. & Howe, J. C. (1986) Notes on the occurrence of Hyperoche medusarum (Kroyer) (Amphipoda, Hyperiidea) with Ctenophora off North Carolina, U. S. A. Crustaceana, 51 (1), 95 - 96.", "De Broyer, C. & Jazdzewski, K. (1993) Contribution to the marine inventory. A checklist of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean. Documents de travail de l'Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique, 73, 1 - 154.", "Shih, C. - T. & Chen, Q. - C. (1995) Zooplankton of China Seas (2) - The Hyperiidea (Crustacea: Amphipoda). China Ocean Press, Beijing, 295 pp.", "Spicer, J. I. & Morritt, D. (1995) Oxygen carriage by the haemolymph of hyperiid amphipods. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 75, 997 - 998. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1017 / S 0025315400038339", "Lin, J., Chen, M. & Chen, R. (1996) The species diversity of planktonic Amphipoda in China Seas. Chinese Biodiversity, 4 (4), 228 - 234. [in Chinese]", "Lavaniegos, B. E. & Ohman, M. D. (1999) Hyperiid amphipods as indicators of climate change in the California Current. Crustaceans and the biodiversity crisis. In: Schram, F. R. & Van Vaupel Klein, J. C. (Eds.), Proceedings of the Fourth International Crustacean Congress, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, July 20 - 24. Vol. 1. Brill, Leiden, pp. 489 - 509.", "Barkhatov, V. A., Vinogradov, M. E. & Vinogradov, G. M. (1999) Boundaries of the areals of hyperiid amphipods in the epipelagic part of the Southern Subtropical Frontal Zone of the Pacific Ocean. Oceanology, 39 (6), 806 - 812. [translated from the Russian, Okeanologiya, 39 (6), 1999, pp. 887 - 894]", "Lowry, J. K. (2000) Taxonomic status of amphipod crustaceans in the South China Sea with a checklist of known species. Raffles Bulletin of Zoology, No. 8 (Supplement), 309 - 342.", "Escobar-Briones, E., Winfield, I., Ortiz, M., Gasca, R. & Suarez, E. (2002) Chapter 17. Amphipoda. In: Llorente-Bousquets, J. & Morrone, J. J. (Eds.), Biodiversidad, taxonomia y biogeografia de artropodos de Mexico: Hacia una sintesis de su conocimiento. Vol. III. Comision Nacional para el conocimiento y Uso de la Biodiversidad / Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico. Bayer, Mexico, pp. 341 - 371.", "Weslawski, J. M. & Legezynska, J. (2002) Life cycles of some Arctic amphipods. Polish Polar Research, 23 (3 - 4), 253 - 264.", "Brusca, R. C. & Hendrickx, M. E. (2005) Crustacea 4. Peracarida: Lophogastrida, Mysida, Amphipoda, Tanaidacea & Cumacea. In: Hendrickx, M. E., Brusca, R. C. & Findley, L. T. (Eds.), Listado y Distribucion de la Macrofauna del Golfo de California, Mexico. Parte 1. Invertebrados. A Distributional Checklist of the Macrofauna of the Gulf of California, Mexico. Part 1. Invertebrates. Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum, Tucson, Arizona, pp. 139 - 154.", "Gasca, R., Suarez-Morales, E. & Haddock, S. H. D. (2006) Symbiotic associations between crustaceans and gelatinous zooplankton in deep and surface waters off California. Marine Biology, 151, 233 - 242. [2007] http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1007 / s 00227 - 006 - 0478 - y", "Browne, W. E., Haddock, S. H. D. & Martindale, M. Q. (2007) Phylogenetic analysis of lineage relationships among hyperiid amphipods as revealed by examination of the mitochondrial gene, cytochrome oxidase 1 (CO 1). Integrative and Comparative Biology, 47 (6), 815 - 830. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1093 / icb / icm 093", "Gasca, R. (2009 a) Hyperiid amphipods (Crustacea: Peracarida) in Mexican waters of the Pacific Ocean. Pacific Science, 63 (1), 83 - 95. [2009] http: // dx. doi. org / 10.2984 / 1534 - 6188 (2009) 63 [83: HACPIM] 2.0. CO; 2", "Lavaniegos, B. E. & Hereu, C. M. (2009) Seasonal variation in hyperiid amphipod abundance and diversity and influence of mesoscale structures off Baja California. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 394, 137 - 152. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.3354 / meps 08285", "Mori, M., Suzuki, Y., Yamaki, A. & Lindsay, D. J. (2010) A checklist of hyperiid amphipods (Amphipoda: Hyperiidea) from Japanese waters, including new records from 1996 - 2007 for Sagami Bay and outlying areas. Bulletin of the Plankton Society of Japan, 57 (1), 1 - 14. [in Japanese with English summary]", "Valencia, B. & Giraldo, A. (2012) Structure of hyperiid amphipod assemblages on Isla Gorgona, eastern tropical Pacific off Colombia. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 92 (7), 1489 - 1499. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1017 / S 0025315411001780", "Valencia, B., Lavaniegos, B., Giraldo, A. & Rodriguez-Rubio, E. (2013) Temporal and spatial variation of hyperiid amphipod assemblages in response to hydrographic processes in the Panama Bight, eastern tropical Pacific. Deep-Sea Research I, 73, 46 - 61. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1016 / j. dsr. 2012.11.009", "Hurt, C., Haddock, S. H. D. & Browne, W. E. (2013) Molecular phylogenetic evidence for the reorganization of the Hyperiid amphipods, a diverse group of pelagic crustaceans. Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution, 67, 28 - 37. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1016 / j. ympev. 2012.12.021", "Barnard, K. H. (1932) Amphipoda. Discovery Reports, 5, 1 - 326.", "Hardy, A. C. & Gunther, E. R. (1935) Part IV. The Zooplankton. Section II. Distribution (cont.), Crustacea (cont.), In: Hardy, A. C. & Gunther, E. R. (Eds.), The Plankton of the South Georgia whaling grounds and adjacent wtares, 1926 - 1927. Discovery Reports, 11, pp. 194 - 272. [total page number: 456 pp.]", "Hurley, D. E. (1955) Pelagic amphipods of the sub-order Hyperiidea in New Zealand waters. I. Systematics. Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand, 83 (1), 119 - 194.", "Hurley, D. E. (1960) Amphipoda Hyperiidea. B. A. N. Z. Antarctic Research Expedition 1929 - 1931 Reports, Series B (Zoology and Botany), 8 (5), 107 - 113.", "Hurley, D. E. (1969) Amphipoda Hyperiidea. In: ' Antarctic Map Folio Series', Folio 11, Distribution of selected groups of marine invertebrates in waters south of 35 \u00b0 S Latitude. American Geographical Society, New York, pp. 32 - 34, sheets 1 - 2.", "Lipskaya, N. Y. (1980) The metabolic rate of various Hyperiidae in the South Pacific. Gidrobiologicheskii Zhurnal, 16 (6), 14 - 17. [in Russian, Hydrobiological Journal, 16 (6), 13 - 16. (in English)]", "Ramirez, F. C. & Vinas, M. D. (1985) Hyperiid amphipods found in Argentine Shelf waters. Physis, Secc. A, 43 (104), 25 - 37.", "Jazdzewski, K. & Presler, E. (1988) Hyperiid amphipods collected by the Polish Antarctic Expedition to the Scotia Sea and in the South Shetland Islands area. Crustaceana, Supplement, 13, 272 - 277.", "Torres, J. J., Aarset, A. V., Donelly, J., Hopkins, T. L., Lancraft, T. M. & Ainley, D. G. (1994) Metabolism of Antarctic micronectonic Crustacea as a function of depth of occurrence and season. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 113, 207 - 219. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.3354 / meps 113207", "Siegfried, W. R. (1963) The Hyperiidea (Amphipoda) off the West coast of Southern Africa. Investigational Report No. 48. Commerce and Industry, December, 1963. Division of Sea Fisheries, Cape Town, 12 pp.", "Sorarrain, D. R., Ramirez, F. & Mianzan, H. (2001) Hyperoche medusarum (Kroyer, 1838) (Amphipoda, Hyperiidae) and Mnemiopsis mccradyi (Mayer, 1910) (Ctenophora): a new host and first record of this association for the southwestern Atlantic. Crustaceana, 74 (4), 407 - 410. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1163 / 156854001300104499", "Dinofrio, E. O. (1977) Resultados planctologicos de la Campana oceantar 1. iv. Anfipodos Hiperidos. Contribucion del Instituto Antarctico Argentino, No. 214, 1 - 28.", "Gasca, R. & Haddock, S. H. D. (2004) Associations between gelatinous zooplankton and hyperiid amphipods (Crustacea: Peracarida) in the Gulf of California. Hydrobiologia, 530 / 531, 529 - 535. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1007 / s 10750 - 004 - 2657 - 5", "Bate, C. S. & Westwood, J. O. (1868) A history of the British Sessile - eyed Crustacea. Vol. II. John Van Voorst, London, 536 pp.", "Bovallius, C. (1889) Contributions to a monograph of the Amphipoda Hyperiidea; Part 1: 2. The families Cyllopodidae, Paraphronimidae, Thaumatopsidae, Mimonectidae, Hyperiidae, Phronimidae and Anchylomeridae. Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar, 22 (7), 1 - 434, plates 1 - 18.", "Norman, A. M. (1900) British Amphipoda of the Tribe Hyperiidea and the Families Orchestiidae and some Lysianassidae. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 7 (5), 126 - 144, plate 6.", "Norman, A. M. & Scott, T. (1906) The Crustacea of Devon and Cornwall. William Wesley & Son, London. xv + 232 pp., 24 plates. [Amphipoda, pp. 53 - 99]", "Tattersall, W. M. (1906) Pelagic Amphipoda of the Irish Atlantic Slope. The Marine Fauna of the Coast of Ireland. Part VIII. Scientific Investigations of the Fisheries Branch of Ireland, 1905, 4 (8), 1 - 39, plates 1 - 5.", "Norman, A. M. & Brady, G. S. (1909) The Crustacea of Northumberland and Durham. Transactions of the Natural History Society of Northumberland, Durham, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, New Series, 3 (2), 252 - 417, plates 8 - 9. (Amphipoda, pp. 300 - 325).", "Tesch, J. J. (1911) Amphipoda. Resume des observations sur le plankton des mers explorees por le conseil pendant les annees 1902 - 1908. Copenhague, Conseil Permanent International pour l'Exploration de la Mer, Bulletin Trimestriel, 1911, 2, 176 - 193.", "Tattersall, W. M. (1913) A biological survey of Clare Island in the County of Mayo, Ireland and of the adjoining district. Part 42. Amphipoda. Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy, 31 (2), 1 - 24.", "Chevreux, E. (1935) Amphipodes provenant des campagnes du Prince Albert 1 er, de Monaco. Resultats des Campagnes scientifique

Cyphocaris anonyx Boeck, 1871 (Figs 4���8) Cyphocaris anonyx Boeck, 1871: 104.��� Boeck, 1872: 141, pl. 6 fig. 1.��� Stuxberg, 1880: 62.��� Sars, 1886: 39.��� Hansen, 1888: 66.��� Della Valle, 1893: 846 (key), 847.��� Walker, 1903 b: 233, pl. 18 fig. 14.��� Fowler, 1904: 47.��� Stebbing, 1904: 14.��� Stebbing, 1906: 29.��� Tattersall, 1906: 28.��� Strauss, 1909: 9, 69, pl. 6 figs 39���42.��� Stephensen, 1912: 613.��� Stephensen, 1913: 111.��� Stephensen, 1915: 37.��� Chevreux, 1916: 2, 6 (key).��� Stephensen, 1923: 50, chart 9.��� Schellenberg, 1926 a: 243.��� Schellenberg, 1926 b: 210, figs 2 b, 5 a,b, pl. 5 fig. 2.��� Schellenberg, 1927: 662, fig. 57.��� Pirlot, 1929: 5.��� Schellenberg, 1929: 195.��� K.H. Barnard, 1932: 36.��� Stephensen, 1932: 354.��� Pirlot, 1933: 127.��� Stephensen, 1933: 4.��� Chevreux, 1935: 18, 21 (key), pl. 1 figs 1, 2, pl. 4 fig. 3.��� Stephensen, 1935: 42, fig. 3 (1).��� K.H. Barnard, 1937: 142.��� K.H. Barnard, 1940: 440.��� Thorsteinson, 1941: 57 (key).��� Stephensen, 1942: 470.��� Shoemaker, 1945: 187, fig. 1 A, B.��� Gurjanova, 1951: 177, fig. 51 B.��� J.L. Barnard, 1954: 53.��� Birstein & Vinogradov, 1955: 212, fig. 1.��� Schellenberg, 1955: 185, 191.��� J.L. Barnard, 1958: 91.��� Birstein & Vinogradov, 1958: 220.��� Birstein & Vinogradov, 1960: 168.��� Fraser, 1961: 16, 43 (appendix table 1).��� Birstein & Vinogradov, 1962: 34.��� Gurjanova, 1962: 65 (key), 69, fig. 9.��� Kane, 1962: 298.��� Birstein & Vinogradov, 1963: 83.��� Hurley, 1963: 24 (key), 25.��� Birstein & Vinogradov, 1964: 154.��� J.L. Barnard, 1967: 55.��� Brusca, 1967: 385.��� O'Riordan, 1969: 32.��� Sanderson, 1973: 35.��� Sanger, 1974: 3, tables 2, 3.��� Griffiths, 1975: 144.��� Mauchline & Ballantyne, 1975: 346, 354, figs 1, 5.��� Griffiths, 1976: 58 (key), fig. 32 E.��� Lowry & Bullock, 1976: 87.��� Thurston, 1976: 367, figs 2���5, tables 2, 3, 5.��� Herring, 1981: 170.��� Austin, 1985: 600.��� Costello et al., 1989: 32.��� Vinogradov, 1990: 39.��� Barnard & Karaman, 1991: 480.��� Gonzalez, 1991: 58.��� Palerud & Vader, 1991: 34.��� Andres et al., 1992: 185 (table 1).��� Gislason & Astthorsson, 1992: 221.��� De Broyer & Jazdzewski, 1993: 67.��� Lopes et al., 1993: 209.��� Vinogradov, 1999: 1162, fig. 4.10.��� Thurston, 2001: 684 (table 2).��� Dauvin & Bellan-Santini, 2002: 315 (table 1).��� Vinogradov, 2004: 51.��� De Broyer et al., 2007: 119. Cyphocaris micronyx Stebbing, 1888: 656, pl. 16.��� Della Valle, 1893: 846 (key), 847.��� Chevreux, 1900: 165, pl. 14 fig. 11.��� Thurston & Allen, 1969: 358. Not Cyphocaris micronyx.��� Della Valle, 1893: pl. 60 figs 55���57 (= C. challengeri). Not Cyphocaris anonyx.��� Chilton, 1912: 464, pl. 1 figs 1���4 (= C. richardi). Type. Neotype, female, 13 mm, 7 slides, AM P. 35581, south-west Greenland, North Atlantic Ocean (61 �� 47 'N 52 �� 55 'W), 3000 m, 9 July 1925, coll. S. Jensen, RV Dana (Stn 2401). Additional material examined. 2 female specimens (1 ovigerous, 1 developing), AM P. 97706, south-west Greenland (61 �� 47 'N 52 �� 55 'W), 3000 m, 9 July 1925, coll. S. Jensen, RV Dana (Stn 2401). New Caledonia: 2 specimens (1 female with setose oostegites, 1 indeterminate), AM P. 68578, off Noumea (22 ��03���S 167 �� 44 ���E), Isaacs-Kidd midwater trawl, 1830-2345 hrs, 0���800 m over bottom of ~ 2500 m, 13 May 1971, HMAS Kimbla (K 4 / 71 - 11). Coral Sea: 1 female specimen, AM P. 68577, east of Cape Grenville (11 �� 56.72 ���S 145 �� 48.39 ���E), 2510���2523 m, epibenthic sled, 23 August 1988, coll. P. Hutchings et al., RV Franklin (Cr06/ 88, St. 18). Tasman Sea: 1 female (with setose oostegites), 13.5 mm, dissected 5 slides, NMV J68156, 42 km north-west of Cape Farewell, King Island, Bass Strait (39 �� 19 ���S 143 �� 38 ���E), 95 m, coarse sand, carbonate, 10 October 1980, coll. G.C.B. Poore, HMAS Kimbla (stn BSS 76); 1 female, NMV J68164, 42 km north-west of Cape Farewell, King Island, Bass Strait (39 �� 19 ���S 143 �� 38 ���E), 95 m, coarse sand, carbonate, 10 October 1980, coll. G.C.B. Poore, HMAS Kimbla (stn BSS 76). Neotype locality. South west Greenland, North Atlantic Ocean (61 �� 47 'N 52 �� 55 'W), 3000 m depth. Description. Based on neotype, female, 13 mm, AM P. 35581. Body smooth, without setae. Pereonite 1 conspicuously produced anterodorsally , length subequal to basal width. Head narrow, much deeper than long, eyes present; rostrum absent; lateral cephalic lobe rounded, anterodistal corner rounded. Antenna 1 length extending beyond pereonite 6; peduncular article 1 subequal to article 2���3 combined; accessory flagellum short, slender, 5 ���articulate, reaching slightly beyond primary flagellum first article; primary flagellum article 1 very long, densely covered with aesthetascs, calceoli absent. Antenna 2 length longer than body (broken); calceoli absent. Lower lip unknown. Mandibles, left mandible incisor smooth, lacinia mobilis multidentate, accessory setal row with 6 setae; molar well-developed triturative; mandibular palp 3 -articulate, article 1 much shorter than 2���3; article 2 posterior margin near straight, anterior margin angular, with dense row of submarginal setae, article 3 length subequal to article 2, lined with dense row of slender setae. Maxilla 1 outer plate with 10 (right) setal teeth, palp (right) broad with 7 robust dentate setae, 1 apical plumose seta and with 7 submarginal slender plumose setae; inner plate tapering distally, inner margin lined with 7 robust plumose setae. Maxilla 2 inner plate broad , triangular, with mediofacial and apical setae; outer plate with apical setae only. Maxilliped inner plate rectangular with 3 nodular apical robust setae, medial margin lined with plumose setae; outer plate subovate, apicolateral margin with long plumose setae, medial margin with 11 nodular robust setae; palp long, 4 - articulate, articles 1���3 lined with long slender setae; article 1���2 length similar; article 3 shorter than article 2, surface lined with short fine setae; dactylus length 0.9 �� article 3, straight, with 1 apical seta, unguis absent. Pereon. Gnathopod 1 weakly subchelate; coxa small, subquadrate, ventrally truncate; basis long, length 5 �� width; ischium broader than long; merus posteriorly produced, acute, posterior surface covered in short fine setae; carpus length 1.1 �� propodus; propodus length twice width, palm margin finely serrate, with line of long robust setae; dactylus posterior margin finely serrate, without distal spine, with 3 apical slender setae. Gnathopod 2 minutely subchelate; coxa tapering ventrally, truncate ventral margin; basis straight, elongate, length 5.5 �� width; ischium length 3 �� width, merus length twice width; carpus 1.9 �� propodus, length 2.9 �� width, surface lined with short fine setae; propodus length 1.3 �� width, palm margin lined with serrate setae, without palm defining corner; dactylus posterior margin distally serrate, with 1 tooth and 2 apical slender setae. Pereopods 3���4 slender, elongate. Pereopod 3 coxa not anteriorly produced ; basis slender straight; merus and carpus subequal in length; propodus 1.1 �� carpus length, slightly swollen distally; dactylus recurved, length 0.6 �� propodus. Pereopod 4 coxa slightly anteriorly produced, posteroventral lobe produced truncate, short. Pereopod 5 coxa smaller than coxa 4; basis posterior margin forming long spur, spur length not extending past merus , with serrate dorsal and ventral margin; merus 1.2 �� carpus, length 2 �� width; carpus 0.55 �� propodus, length 1.9 �� width; propodus length 5 �� width; dactylus short length 0.5 �� propodus, recurved. Pereopod 6 coxa posteriorly rounded; basis proximally broad, distally narrow, posterior margin serrate, posterodistal corner absent; merus slightly shorter than carpus, length 2.5 �� width; carpus shorter than propodus, length 4 �� width, propodus long, length 6 �� width; dactylus slender, recurved, length 0.3 �� propodus. Pereopod 7 coxa ventral margin subquadrate; basis subrectangular, posterior margin weakly convex, strongly serrate, posterior distal lobe reaching end of ischium, posterodistal corner serrate; merus 0.6 �� carpus; propodus subequal to carpus length, length 6 �� width; dactylus long, straight, tapering, length 0.6 �� propodus. Pleon. Pleonites 1���3 smooth. Epimeron 1 rounded. Epimera 2���3 subquadrate. Urosomite 1 with anterodorsal notch. Uropod 1 elongate, peduncle without robust setae, length 2.5 �� width; outer ramus 0.6 �� inner ramus length. Uropod 2 not reaching end of uropod 3; outer ramus 1.1 �� inner ramus length, subequal to peduncle length, with 1 robust setae; inner ramus with 5 robust setae; rami lateral margins lined with fine setae. Uropod 3 extending beyond uropod 1 and telson ; peduncle length twice width, dorsal margin with long slender setae; rami foliaceous, inner ramus longer than outer ramus, lined with plumose swimming setae; outer ramus 2 -articulate, article 1 lined with plumose setae, article 2 small, longer than wide. Telson elongate, deeply cleft to 85 %, lobes tapering distally, lateral and apical margin with 4 setae. Depth range. 0���2523 m depth. Remarks. Based on material from south-west Greenland, a neotype is established for the type species C. anonyx from material collected in 1925. A neotype is designated for this species as C. anonyx is the type species for the genus. Stabilizing the identity of C. anonyx will support studies reporting this species across its large geographic range. Material examined first hand in this study includes specimens from geographically distanced locations of Greenland, New Caledonia, the Coral Sea and Tasman Sea, where little variation in morphology was observed. A close examination of recently collected specimens of C. anonyx from the Tasman Sea and Noumea, the presence of an eye is confirmed for the first time in this species. Alcohol bleaching may be responsible for this character not being previously observed. The expanded distal end of the propodus of pereopods 3 to 4 was also observed across all material attributed to C. anonyx, and is most exaggerated in larger body size specimens. This character was previously used to define C. micronyx Stebbing, 1888 as a separate Pacific Ocean species but latter refuted based on additional specimen being report from location in between the North Atlantic and Pacific (Stebbing, 1904). Based on this study we confirm the status of C. micronyx as a junior synonym of C. anonyx. In additional to the neotype material, specimens collected from the Tasman Sea are fully illustrated for future consideration. Distribution. INDIAN OCEAN. Saya de Malha Bank, Walters Shoal, Mozambique Channel, east of Somalia, north-west of the Seychelles, Error Mountain Seamount, western Indian Ocean; central Arabian Sea; off Rodrigues Island, Mascarene Islands; Java ridge, south of Java, Moluccas, eastern Indian Ocean (K.H. Barnard 1937; Birstein & Vinogradov 1964; Vinogradov 2004). NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. Philippine Trench, east of Ryukyu Islands, Philippine Sea, Volcano Island Trench, Bonin Trench, western North Pacific Ocean; Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, Santa Barbara Passage, southern California; Cedros Trench, Punta Rompiente, Baja California; south-eastern Bering Sea, Kurile-Kamchatka Trench; north of Phoenix Islands, central Pacific Ocean (Shoemaker 1945; J.L. Barnard 1954, 1967; Birstein & Vinogradov 1955, 1958, 1960, 1963; Hurley 1963; Brusca 1967; Sanger 1974). SOUTH PACIFIC OCEAN. Sala-y-Gomez Ridge, south-west of Nazca Ridge, off west coast of South America, eastern South Pacific Ocean; Bougainville Trench, Solomon Sea, east of New Zealand, Tonga Trench, Kermadec Trench, western South Pacific Ocean (Schellenberg 1929; Pirlot 1933; Birstein & Vinogradov 1960; Vinogradov 1990). NORTH ATLANTIC OCEAN. Faeroes, off West Finmark, west, east and south of Greenland, south and southwest of Iceland; mid North Atlantic Ocean; near the Azores, west of Lisbon, off northern Portugal; south-east of Fuertaventura, Canary Islands; south-west of Cape Finisterre, Spain; south-west of Tangiers; off cost of Liberia; west of Bay of Biscay; Achill Head county Galway, west of Porcupine Bank, north-west of Eagle Island, county Mayo, west south west of Fastnet, county Cork, Tearaght, county Kerry, Ireland; Nonsuch Island, Bermuda (Boeck 1871; Sars 1886; Hansen 1887, 1888; Chevreux 1900, 1935; Walker 1903; Stebbing 1904; Tattersall 1906; Broch & Koefoed 1909; Stephensen 1912, 1913, 1915, 1923, 1933; Schellenberg 1926 a, 1926 b; Pirlot 1929; Shoemaker 1945; Schellenberg 1955; Fraser 1961; Sanderson 1973; Thurston 1976; Andres et al., 1992; Gislason & Astthorsson 1992). SOUTH ATLANTIC OCEAN. South-west of Cape Agulhas; South Africa, eastern South Atlantic Ocean; near Tristan da Cunha (Stebbing 1888; Schellenberg 1926 b; K.H. Barnard 1932; Birstein & Vinogradov 1962; Griffith 1975). GREAT AUSTRALIAN BIGHT. South Australian Basin (Birstein & Vinogradov 1962). SUBANTARCTIC. South-east of Campbell Island (Kane 1962)., Published as part of Hughes, Lauren E. & Lowry, James K., 2015, A review of the world Cyphocarididae with description of three new species (Crustacea, Amphipoda, Lysianassoidea), pp. 1-40 in Zootaxa 4058 (1) on pages 6-12, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.4058.1.1, http://zenodo.org/record/235526, {"references":["Boeck, A. (1871) Crustacea Amphipoda borealia et arctica. Forhandlinger i Videnskabs-Selskabet i Christiania, 1870, 81 - 280, i - viii [index].","Boeck, A. (1872) De Skandinaviske og Arktiske Amphipoder. Part 1. A. W. Brogger, Christiana, 160 pp., pls. 161 - 167.","Stuxberg, A. (1880) Evertebratfaunan i Sibiriens Ishaf. Forelopande studies grundade pa de zoologiska undersokningarna under Prof. A. E. Nordenskiolds Ishafs-expedition 1878 - 79. Bihang till Kunliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar, 5, 1 - 76.","Sars, G. O. (1886) Crustacea, II. List of species observed on the expedition, with remarks on occurrence and distribution. The Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition 1876 - 1878. Zoology, 6, 1 - 96.","Hansen, H. J. (1888) Malacostraca marina Groenlandiae occidentalis. Oversigt over det vestlige Gronlands fauna af Malakostrake Havkfebsdyr. Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening, Kjobenhavn, 1887, 5 - 226, pls. 2 - 7.","Della Valle, A. (1893) Gammarini del Golfo di Napoli. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel, 20, 1 - 948, pls. 941 - 961.","Walker, A. O. (1903) Report on the Isopoda and the Amphipoda collected by Mr. George Murray, F. R. S., during the cruise of the ' Oceana' in November 1898. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Series 7, 12, 223 - 233, pls. 218 & 219. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1080 / 00222930308678846","Fowler, G. H. (1904) Biscayan plankton collected during a cruise of H. M. S.`Research', 1900. Appendix on the distribution of the Amphipoda and Cladocera. Transactions of the Linnean Society, London, Series 2, Zoology, 10, 46 - 54. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1111 / j. 1096 - 3642.1904. tb 00183. x","Stebbing, T. R. R. (1904) Biscayan plankton collected during a cruise of H. M. S.`Research', 1900. Part II. - The Amphipoda and Cladocera, with notes on a larval Thyrostracan. Transactions of the Linnean Society, London, Series 2, Zoology, 10, 13 - 45, pls 12, 13. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1111 / j. 1096 - 3642.1904. tb 00180. x","Stebbing, T. R. R. (1906) Amphipoda. I. Gammaridea. Das Tierreich, 21, 1 - 806.","Tattersall, W. M. (1906) The marine fauna of the coast of Ireland. Part VIII. Pelagic Amphipoda of the Irish Atlantic slope. Department of Agriculture and Technical Instruction for Ireland, Fisheries Branch, Scientific Investigations, 1905, 3 - 39, pls. 31 - 35.","Strauss, E. (1909) Das Gammaridenauge. Studien uber ausgebildete und ruckgebildete Gammaridenaugen. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Dampfer \" Valdivia \" 1898 - 1899, 20, 1 - 84, pls. 81 - 86.","Stephensen, K. (1912) Report on the Malacostraca collected by the \" Tjalfe \" - Expedition under the direction of cand. mag. Ad. S. Jensen, especially at W. Greenland. Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening, 64, 57 - 134.","Stephensen, K. (1913) Gronlands Krebsdyr og Pycnogonider (Conspectus Crustaceorum et Pycnogonidorum Groenlandiae). Meddelelser om Gronland, 22, 1 - 479. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 10674","Stephensen, K. (1915) Isopoda, Tanaidacea, Cumacea, Amphipoda (excl. Hyperiidea). Report on the Danish Oceanographical Expeditions 1908 - 10 to the Mediterranean and Adjacent Seas, 2, Biology, 1 - 53.","Chevreux, E. (1916) Sur les amphipodes du genre Cyphocaris Boeck recueillis par la Princesse-Alice au moyen du filet Richard a grande ouverture. Bulletin de l'Institut Oceanographique, Monaco, 319, 1 - 6.","Stephensen, K. (1923) Crustacea Malacostraca, V: (Amphipoda, I). Danish Ingolf-Expedition, 3, 1 - 100.","Schellenberg, A. (1926 a) Die Gammariden der Deutschen Sudpolar-Expedition 1901 - 1903. Deutsche Sudpolar-Expedition, 18, 235 - 414.","Schellenberg, A. (1926 b) Amphipoda 3: Die Gammariden der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Dampfer \" Valdivia \" 1898 - 1899, 23, 193 - 243, pl. 195.","Schellenberg, A. (1927) Amphipoda des nordischen Plankton. Nordisches Plankton, 6, 589 - 722.","Pirlot, J. - M. (1929) Les amphipodes gammarides recueillis dans l'Atlantique au cours de la croisiere oceanographique de l' \" Armauer Hansen \" Mai-Juin 1922. Memoires de la Societe Royale des Sciences de Liege, Series 3, 15, 1 - 18.","Schellenberg, A. (1929) Die abyssale und pelagische Gammariden. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, 69, 191 - 201, pl. 191.","Barnard, K. H. (1932) Amphipoda. Discovery Reports, 5, 1 - 326, pl. 321.","Stephensen, K. (1932) The Tanaidacea and Amphipoda of the Arctic. Fauna Arctica, 6, 343 - 378.","Pirlot, J. - M. (1933) Les amphipodes de l'expedition du Siboga. Deuxieme partie: Les amphipodes gammarides, II: - Les amphipodes de la mer profonde. 1. (Lysianassidae, Stegocephalidae, Stenothoidae, Pleustidae, Lepechinellidae). Siboga- Expeditie, Monographie 33 c, 114 - 167.","Stephensen, K. (1933) The Godthaab Expedition 1928. Amphipoda. Meddelelser om Gronland, 79, 1 - 88.","Chevreux, E. (1935) Amphipodes provenant des campagnes du Prince Albert Ier de Monaco. Resultats des Campagnes Scientifiques Accomplies sur son Yacht par Albert Ier Prince Souverain de Monaco, 90, 1 - 214, pls. 211 - 216.","Stephensen, K. (1935) The Amphipoda of N. Norway and Spitsbergen with adjacent waters. Tromso Museums Skrifter, 3, 1 - 140.","Barnard, K. H. (1937) Amphipoda. Scientific Reports of the John Murray Expedition, 4, 131 - 201.","Barnard, K. H. (1940) Contributions to the crustacean fauna of South Africa. 12. Further additions to the Tanaidacea, Isopoda, and Amphipoda, together with keys for the identification of the hitherto recorded marine and fresh-water species. Annals of the South African Museum, 32, 381 - 543.","Thorsteinson, E. D. (1941) New or noteworthy amphipods from the North Pacific coast. University of Washington Publications in Oceanography, 4, 50 - 94.","Stephensen, K. (1942) The Amphipoda of N. Norway and Spitsbergen with adjacent waters. Tromso Museums Skrifter, 3, 363 - 526.","Shoemaker, C. R. (1945) The Amphipoda of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions, 1929 - 1931. Zoologica, Scientific Contributions of the New York Zoological Society, 30, 185 - 266.","Gurjanova, E. F. (1951) [Amphipods of the seas of the USSR and surrounding waters (Amphipoda-Gammaridea)]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Opredeliteli po Faune SSSR, 41, 1 - 1029.","Barnard, J. L. (1954) Four species of bathypelagic Gammaridea (Amphipoda) from California. Allan Hancock Foundation Publications Occasional Paper, 13, 52 - 69.","Birstein, J. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1955) [Pelagic gammarideans (Amphipoda-Gammaridea) from the Kurile-Kamchatka Trench]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 12, 210 - 287.","Schellenberg, A. (1955) Amphipoda. Reports of the Swedish Deep-Sea Expedition, Series 2, Zoology, 14, 181 - 195.","Barnard, J. L. (1958) Index to the families, genera, and species of the gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea). Allan Hancock Foundation Publications, Occasional Paper, 19, 1 - 145.","Birstein, J. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1958) [Pelagic gammarids (Amphipoda, Gammaridea) from the northwestern part of the Pacific Ocean]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 27, 219 - 257.","Birstein, J. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1960) [Pelagic gammarids from the tropical Pacific Ocean]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 34, 165 - 241.","Fraser, J. H. (1961) The oceanic and bathypelagic plankton of the north-east Atlantic and its possible significance to fisheries. Marine Research department for Agriculture and Fisheries, Scotland, 48 pp.","Birstein, J. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1962) [Pelagic Gammaridea (Amphipoda, Gammaridea) collected by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition on the M / V \" Ob \", south of 40 ° S]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Issledovaniya Fauny Morei, 1, 33 - 56.","Gurjanova, E. F. (1962) [Amphipods of the northern part of the Pacific Ocean (Amphipoda-Gammaridea). Part 1]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Opredeliteli po Faune SSSR, 74, 1 - 440.","Kane, J. E. (1962) Amphipoda from waters south of New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Science, 5, 295 - 315.","Birstein, J. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1963) [The deep sea pelagic amphipods of the Philippine Trench]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 71, 81 - 93.","Hurley, D. E. (1963) Amphipoda of the family Lysianassidae from the west coast of North and Central America. Allan Hancock Foundation Publications, Occasional Paper, 25, 1 - 160.","Birstein, J. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1964) [Pelagic gammarid amphipods of the northern part of the Indian Ocean]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 65, 152 - 195.","Barnard, J. L. (1967) Bathyal and abyssal gammaridean Amphipoda of Cedros Trench, Baja California. Bulletin of the United States National Museum, 260, 1 - 205. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.5479 / si. 03629236.260.1","Brusca, G. J. (1967) The ecology of pelagic Amphipoda, I. Species accounts, vertical zonation and migration of Amphipoda from the waters off Southern California. Pacific Science, 21, 382 - 393.","O'Riordan, C. E. (1969) A Catalogue of the Collection of Irish Marine Crustacea in the National Museum of Ireland. Stationery Office, Dublin, 98 pp.","Sanderson, J. M. (1973) A catalogue of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) in the collection of the late D. H. Reid, now in the Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh. Royal Scottish Museum Information Series Natural History, 1, 1 - 79.","Sanger, G. A. (1974) Pelagic Amphipod Crustaceans from the Southeastern Bering Sea, June 1971. NOAA Technical Report, NMFS SSRF- 580, iii & 1 - 8.","Griffiths, C. L. (1975) The Amphipoda of southern Africa. Part 5. The Gammaridea and Caprellidea of the Cape Province west of Cape Agulhas. Annals of the South African Museum, 67, 91 - 181.","Mauchline, J. & Ballyntyne, A. R. S. (1975) The integumental organs of amphipods. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 55, 345 - 355. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1017 / S 0025315400015988","Griffiths, C. L. (1976) Guide to the Benthic Marine Amphipods of Southern Africa. Trustees, South African Museum, Cape Town, 106 pp.","Lowry, J. K. & Bullock, S. (1976) Catalogue of the marine gammaridean Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Royal Society of New Zealand Bulletin, 16, 1 - 187.","Thurston, M. H. (1976) The vertical distribution and diurnal migration of the Crustacea Amphipoda collected during the SOND Cruise, 1965 I. The Gammaridea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 56, 359 - 382. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1017 / S 002531540001897 X","Herring, P. J. (1981) Studies on bioluminescent marine amphipods. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 61, 161 - 176. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1017 / S 0025315400045999","Austin, W. C. (1985) An Annotated Checklist of Marine Invertebrates in the Cold Temperate Northeast Pacific. Khoyatan Marine Laboratory, Cowichan, BC, 682 pp.","Costello, M. J., Holmes, J. M. C., McGrath, D. & Myers, A. A. (1989) A review and catalogue of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) in Ireland. Irish Fisheries Investigations, Series B, Marine, 33, 1 - 70.","Vinogradov, G. M. (1990) [Pelagic amphipods (Amphipoda, Crustacea) from the south-eastern Pacific]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 124, 27 - 104.","Barnard, J. L. & Karaman, G. S. (1991) The families and genera of marine gammaridean Amphipoda (except marine gammaroids). Records of the Australian Museum, 13 (Supplement), 1 - 866. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.13.1991.91","Gonzalez, E. (1991) Actual state of gammaridean amphipoda taxonomy and catalogue of species from Chile. Hydrobiologia, 223, 47 - 68. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1007 / BF 00047628","Palerud, R. & Vader, W. (1991) Marine Amphipoda Gammaridea in north-east Atlantic and Norwegian Arctic. Tromura, Naturvitenskap, 68, 1 - 97.","Andres, H. G., John, H. C. & Re, P. (1992) Fish larvae and Gammaridea plankton off northern Portugal during autumn 1987. Senckenbergiana Maritima, 22, 179 - 201.","Gislason, A. & Astthorsson, O. S. (1992) Zooplankton collected by sediment trap moored in deep water south of Iceland. Sarsia, 77, 219 - 224. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1080 / 00364827.1992.10413507","De Broyer, C. & Jazdzewski, K. (1993) Contribution to the marine biodiversity inventory. A checklist of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean. Documents de Travail de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, 73, 1 - 154.","Lopes, M. F. R., Marques, J. C. & Bellan-Santini, D. (1993) The benthic amphipod fauna of the Azores (Portugal): an up-to-date annotated list of species, and some biogeographic considerations. Crustaceana, 65, 204 - 217. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1163 / 156854093 X 00568","Vinogradov G. M. (1999) Amphipoda. In Boltovskoy, D. (Ed.), South Atlantic Zooplankton. Vol. 2. Backhuys Publishers, Leiden, pp. 1141 - 1240.","Thurston, M. H. (2001) Pelagic amphipods. In: Jazdzewski, K., Baldinger, A., Coleman, C. O., De Broyer, C., Gable, M. F. & Plaiti, W. (Eds), Proceedings of the Xth International Colloquium on Amphipoda, Heraklion, Crete, Greece, 16 - 21 April 2000. Polskie Archiwum Hydrobiologii, 47 (3 - 4), pp. 682 - 694.","Dauvin, J. C. & Bellan-Santini, D. (2002) Les crustaces amphipodes Gammaridea benthiques des cotes francaises metropolitaines: Bilan des connaissances. Crustaceana, 75, 299 - 340. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1163 / 156854002760095408","Vinogradov, G. M. (2004) Near-bottom and pelagic gammaridean amphipods in the western Indian Ocean. Annals of the South African Museum, 112, 39 - 88.","De Broyer, C., Lowry, J. K., Jazdzewski, K. & Robert, H. (2007) Catalogue of the Gammaridean and Corophiidean Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean with distribution and ecological data. In: De Broyer, C. (Ed.), Census of Antarctic Marine Life: Synopsis of the Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Vol. 1. Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Biologie, 77, 1 (Supplement), pp. 1 - 325.","Stebbing, T. R. R. (1888) Report on the Amphipoda collected by H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873 - 1876. Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873 - 76, Zoology, 29, 1 - 1737, pls. 1731 - 1210.","Chevreux, E. (1900) Amphipodes provenant des campagnes de l' Hirondelle (1885 - 1888). Resultats des Campagnes Scientifiques Accomplies sur son Yacht par Albert Ier Prince Souverain de Monaco, 16, i - v, 1 - 195, pls. 1 - 18.","Thurston, M. H. & Allen, E. (1969) Type material of the families Lysianassidae, Stegocephalidae, Ampeliscidae and Haustoriidae (Crustacea: Amphipoda) in the collections of the British Museum (Natural History). Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History), Series Zoology, 17, 347 - 388.","Chilton, C. (1912) The Amphipoda of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition. Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, 48, 455 - 520, pls. 451, 452.","Broch, H. & Koefoed, E. (1909) Journal des stations; Compte rendu, par station, des observations oceanographiques. Duc d'Orleans, Croisiere Oceanographique accomplie a bord de la Belgica dans la Mer du Gronland, 1905. Resultats Scientifiques, 1909, 15 - 160."]}

Hyperoche luetkenides Walker, 1906 (Figs. 8���10) Hyperoche luetkenides Walker, 1906: 453.��� Walker 1907: 8, pl. 1, fig. 2. Barnard 1930: 415 (key). Hurley 1969: 33, pl. 19 (map 5). Vinogradov et al. 1982: 282 (key), 289. Barkhatov & Vinogradov 1988: 167, 168 (table). Weigmann-Haass 1991: 170 ���176, 177 (map), figs. 1���27. De Broyer & Jażdżewski 1993: 114. Vinogradov & Semenova 1996: 618. Barkhatov et al. 1999: 808 (table), 809���810. Vinogradov 1999: 1146 (table), 1186 (incl. key). Zeidler 2004: 29. Zeidler & De Broyer 2009: 46, fig. 14 (distribution). Zeidler & De Broyer 2014: 304, map 11. non [mis-identification = Hyperoche capucinus]��� Monod 1926: 49���50, figs. 47���48. Hyperoche medusarum [mis-identification]��� Barnard 1932: 276. Hardy & Gunther 1935: 195, 197. Hurley 1955: 144 ���147, figs. 96���114. Hurley 1960: 112. Hurley 1969: 33, pl. 19 (maps). Lipskaya 1980: 13 ���14. Ramirez & Vinas 1985: 32 ���33, figs. 3���4. Jażdżewski & Presler 1988: 63 & 69 (tables), 66, figs. 1���2. Torres et al. 1994: 210 ���211 (incl. table). Hyperoche cryptodactylus Stebbing, 1888: 1399 ���1402, pl. 170.��� Bovallius 1889: 86 (key), 105���106. Walker 1904: 236. Steuer 1911: 674 (key). Dick 1970: 36 (key), 57, fig. 6. Vinogradov et al. 1982: 283 (key), 285���286, fig. 144. Vinogradov 1999: 1146 (table), 1186 (incl. key), fig. 4.106. NEW SYNONYMY. non [mis-identification = H. medusarum]��� Gasca 2009 b: 217 (table). Lavaneigos & Hereu 2009: 142, 151 (appendix). Type material. The unique holotype male (12 mm) of Hyperoche luetkenides is in the NHM, London (1907.6.13.4 & 5); on two microscope slides. The type locality is the Pacific Sector of the Southern Ocean, south of Macquarie Island [57 �� 25 ��� 30 ���S 151 �� 43 ���E], Discovery stn. Type material of synonyms. The unique holotype male (about 7 mm) of Hyperoche cryptodactylus is in the NHM, London (89.5.15.224); on two microscope slides. The type locality is the south-east Atlantic, off the Cape of Good Hope [34 �� 41 ���S 18 �� 36 ���E], Challenger stn. 141, surface, 17 December 1873. Diagnosis. Females: Sexually mature at about 14���18 mm. Antennae 1 as long as head, about 1.3 x A 2. Head length equal to first two pereonites combined. Pereon globular, length almost 1.6 x pleon. Gnathopod 1; basis marginally shorter than remaining articles combined, relatively broad with maximum width about half length; merus spoon-shaped, projecting under carpus to slightly beyond base of propodus, with fringe of setae on distal margin; carpal process extends beyond distal margin of propodus to middle of dactylus or more, anterior margin denticulate; posterior and distal margin of propodus also denticulate; dactylus slightly curved, posterior margin finely denticulate, length almost half propodus. Gnathopod 2 slightly longer than G 1 but similar in structure except for marginally shorter spoon-shaped process of merus. Pereopods 3 & 4 similar in length to P 5 & 6, or marginally shorter. Pereopod 3; basis length 2.6 x merus; carpus with postero-distal corner produced into distinct tooth with denticulate margins, length 1.3 x merus and 0.8 x propodus; posterior margin of propodus denticulate; dactylus length slightly more than 0.2 x propodus. Pereopod 4 slightly more slender than P 3 but similar in structure, except the postero-distal corner of the merus is rounded. Pereopods 5 & 6 are similar in size and structure; basis length about twice merus; carpus length about 1.3 x merus, marginally shorter or equal to propodus; dactylus length slightly more than 0.3 x propodus. Pereopod 7; coxa fused with pereonite; similar in structure to P 6 but slightly shorter because merus and carpus are relatively shorter. Epimeral plates with postero-distal corner produced into small point. Uropod 1; peduncle not reaching to limit of peduncle of U 2 and to slightly less than half peduncle of U 3; inner ramus marginally longer than outer, slightly shorter than peduncle. Uropod 2; inner ramus slightly shorter than peduncle, about 1.4 x length of outer ramus. Uropod 3; inner ramus marginally longer and wider than outer, about half-length peduncle. Telson triangular, as long as wide, about 0.4 x length of peduncle of U 3. Colour in life: red-brown all over except for urosomites 2���3 and the uropoda; these clear with few brown spots; eyes pale green (pers. obs.). Males: Sexually mature at about 15���18 mm. Antennae slightly longer than entire animal. Pereon and pleon slender, of similar length. Appendages generally more slender than in females, especially the gnathopoda, otherwise very similar in structure and relative lengths of articles, except for the following minor variations. Gnathopoda with merus not projected as far under the carpus. Pereopods 3 & 4 with postero-distal corner of the carpus more prominent and pointed. Epimeral plates relatively much longer and deeper. Uropod 1; peduncle extends to limit of peduncle of U 2; both rami with characteristic proximal excavation. Telson as wide as long, slightly shorter than 0.4 x length of peduncle of U 3. Material examined. The unique types of Hyperoche luetkenides and H. cryptodactylus as detailed above and the following additional material. Antarctic, Atlantic Sector: Female (USNM 301630), south of the Falkland Islands [54 �� 40 ���S 58 �� 58 ���W to 55 ��06���S 59 �� 00���W], R/V Eltanin (USARP) cruise 6, stn. 348, 644 m, University of Southern California, 4 December 1962. Antarctic, Indian Sector: Juvenile male (SAMA C 3765), off Wilkes Land [65 �� 10 ���S 109 �� 32 ���E], BANZARE stn. 96, 2200 mw, 26 January 1931. Six females (4 lots, SAMA C 7975 ��� 7938), Prydz Bay [range 66 �� 32 ������ 68 �� 30 ���S 68 �� 51 ������ 74 �� 57 ���E], WZ on Aurora Australis (ANARE), 48���800 m, January/ February 1991. Antarctic, Pacific Sector: Female (SAMA C 7939), west of Macquarie Island [54 �� 50.5 ���S 158 �� 40.1 ���E to 54 �� 41.9 ���S 158 �� 43 ���E], CSIRO FRV Southern Surveyor stn. SS01/ 52, 959.6 m, 22 January 1999. Antarctic Peninsula: Male (USNM 1090279), Palmer Archipelago, Cobalescou Island towards Alcock Island [64 �� 11 ��� 11 ���S 61 �� 35 ��� 24 ���W], R/V Hero (USARP), Cruise 721, stn. 303, 100 ��� 150 m, Smithsonian Oceanographic Sorting Center, 16 December 1971. Remarks. This is one of the largest species of Hyperoche, reaching sexual maturity at about 14���18 mm. The close morphological similarity of this species to H. medusarum, and the minor characters that distinguish it, have already been discussed under that species. One might have considered it a synonym of H. medusarum, thus making it a bi-polar species. However, it is more likely that the two species evolved from a common ancestor that was once more widespread in the Atlantic, in the past, when conditions there were much colder. As conditions became warmer the two populations became geographically isolated and evolved into separate species. This scenario is similar to that proposed for Primno macropa and P. abyssalis by Bowman (1985). Future genetic studies may help to resolve this issue, but for the time being it seems best to recognise H. luetkenides as a valid species restricted to the colder waters of the Southern Hemisphere with H. medusarum a cold-water Northern Hemisphere species. Regarding the validity of H. cryptodactylus, this species was described from an imperfect, juvenile male specimen, and is distinguished from its congeners by the retractile dactylus of gnathopod 2. However, the validity of this species is very doubtful in view of the current finding regarding the occurrence of retractile dactyls of pereopoda for several specimens of H. medusarum (Fig. 3), and also for the second gnathopod of a female specimen of H. luetkenides (Fig. 9). Stebbing (1888) illustrated the second gnathopod from the right with a retractile dactyl but did not mention the status of the one on the left, which judging by his illustration of the habitus, does not have a retractile dactyl, similar to that found in the specimen of H. luetkenides illustrated here (Fig. 9). An examination of the type has confirmed this observation. Thus, H. cryptodactylus, which is otherwise indistinguishable from H. luetkenides, must be considered synonymous. This would make it the senior synonym and present a potential nomenclatural problem. However, apart from the dubious record of Walker (1904), all previous literature records of H. cryptodactylus refer to Stebbing���s (1888) account of the unique type. The specimen recorded by Gasca (2009 b) having been re-examined (Gasca pers. com. Feb. 2014) and re-identified as a moulting juvenile of H. medusarum. Records of H. luetkenides, on the other hand, refer to a relatively rare, but better known, Antarctic /sub-Antarctic species. Thus, nomenclatural stability would be best served, in this instance, by the suppression of the specific name ��� cryptodactylus ��� in favour of ��� luetkenides ���, especially since the name was constructed to reflect the retractile dactyl of gnathopod 2, which has been demonstrated here to be an invalid specific character for Hyperoche. Thus, its future use for the species in question would also be misleading. A gelatinous plankton associate has not been recorded for this species. Distribution. A relatively rare species restricted mainly to the region between the Antarctic Polar Front and the Antarctic Continent, sometimes occurring further north with the incursion of colder water. Reliable records are from the Weddell Sea, Scotia Sea, Prydz Bay, off Wilkes Land and near Macquarie Island. The most northerly record is the type locality for H. cryptodactylus, from off South Africa; it���s occurrence there probably due to an influx of cold water to that region. The few available catch records suggest that it inhabits near-surface waters., Published as part of Zeidler, Wolfgang, 2015, A review of the hyperiidean amphipod genus Hyperoche Bovallius, 1887 (Crustacea: Amphipoda: Hyperiidea: Hyperiidae), with the description of a new genus to accommodate H. shihi Gasca, 2005, pp. 151-192 in Zootaxa 3905 (2) on pages 168-173, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.3905.2.1, http://zenodo.org/record/233364, {"references":["Walker, A. O. (1906) Preliminary descriptions of new species of Amphipoda from the ' Discovery' Antarctic Expedition, 1902 - 1904. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Series 7 (17), 452 - 458.","Walker, A. O. (1907) Crustacea. III. - Amphipoda. National Antarctic Expedition, British Museum (Natural History), 3, 1 - 39, 13 plates.","Barnard, K. H. (1930) Crustacea. Part X 1: Amphipoda. British Antarctic (Terra Nova) Expedition 1910, Zoology, 8 (4), 307 - 454.","Hurley, D. E. (1969) Amphipoda Hyperiidea. In: ' Antarctic Map Folio Series', Folio 11, Distribution of selected groups of marine invertebrates in waters south of 35 ° S Latitude. American Geographical Society, New York, pp. 32 - 34, sheets 1 - 2.","Vinogradov, M. E., Volkov, A. F. & Semenova, T. N. (1982) Amfipody-Giperiidy (Amphipoda: Hyperiidea) Mirovogo Okeanea. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Opredeliteli po Faune SSSR No. 132. Leningrad, 492 pp. [in Russian, English translation, 1996, Smithsonian Institution Libraries, Washington D. C., D. Siegel-Causey, Scientific Editor]","Barkhatov, V. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1988) Hyperiid amphipods of the subantarctic and adjacent areas in the central part of the Pacific Ocean. In: Vinogradov, M. E. & Flint, M. V. (Eds.), Ekosistemy subantarkticheskoi zony Tikhogo okeana. Nauka, Moscow, pp. 228 - 245. [in Russian, Subantarctic zone ecosystems in the Pacific, pp. 166 - 177. (in English)]","Weigmann-Haass, R. (1991) Zur Taxonomie und Verbreitung der Gattung Hyperoche Bovallius 1887 im antarktischen teil des Atlantik. Senckenbergiana Biologie, 71 (1 / 3), 169 - 179. [Frankfurt am Main]","De Broyer, C. & Jazdzewski, K. (1993) Contribution to the marine inventory. A checklist of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean. Documents de travail de l'Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique, 73, 1 - 154.","Vinogradov, M. E. & Semenova, T. N. (1996) Supplement. In: Vinogradov, M. E., Volkov, A. F. & Semenova, T. N. (Eds.), Hyperiid amphipods (Amphipoda, Hyperiidea) of the world oceans. Smithsonian Institution Libraries, D. Siegel-Causey, Scientific Editor, Washington D. C., pp. 609 - 621. [English translation from Russian]","Barkhatov, V. A., Vinogradov, M. E. & Vinogradov, G. M. (1999) Boundaries of the areals of hyperiid amphipods in the epipelagic part of the Southern Subtropical Frontal Zone of the Pacific Ocean. Oceanology, 39 (6), 806 - 812. [translated from the Russian, Okeanologiya, 39 (6), 1999, pp. 887 - 894]","Zeidler, W. (2004) A review of the hyperiidean amphipod superfamily Phronimoidea Bowman & Gruner, 1973 (Crustacea: Amphipoda: Hyperiidea). Zootaxa, 567, 1 - 66.","Zeidler, W. & De Broyer, C. (2009) Catalogue of the Hyperiidean Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean with distribution and ecological data. In: De Broyer, C. (Ed.), Census of Antarctic Marine Life: Synopsis of the Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Vol. 3. Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Biologie, 79 (Supplement 1), pp. 1 - 96 + 4 colour plates.","Zeidler, W. & De Broyer, C. (2014) Chapter 6.8. Amphipoda: Hyperiidea. In: De Broyer, C., Koubbi, P., Griffiths, H. J., Raymond, B., Udekem d'Acoz, C. d', et al. (Eds.), Biogeographic Atlas of the Southern Ocean. Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research, Cambridge, pp. 303 - 308.","Monod, T. (1926) Tanaidaces, Isopodes et Amphipodes. Expedition Antarctique Belge. Resultats du Voyage de la Belgica en 1897 - 99, sous le commandement de A. De Gerlache de Gomery. Rapports Scientifiques, Zoologie, 1 - 67, text figs. 1 - 61.","Barnard, K. H. (1932) Amphipoda. Discovery Reports, 5, 1 - 326.","Hardy, A. C. & Gunther, E. R. (1935) Part IV. The Zooplankton. Section II. Distribution (cont.), Crustacea (cont.), In: Hardy, A. C. & Gunther, E. R. (Eds.), The Plankton of the South Georgia whaling grounds and adjacent wtares, 1926 - 1927. Discovery Reports, 11, pp. 194 - 272. [total page number: 456 pp.]","Hurley, D. E. (1955) Pelagic amphipods of the sub-order Hyperiidea in New Zealand waters. I. Systematics. Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand, 83 (1), 119 - 194.","Hurley, D. E. (1960) Amphipoda Hyperiidea. B. A. N. Z. Antarctic Research Expedition 1929 - 1931 Reports, Series B (Zoology and Botany), 8 (5), 107 - 113.","Lipskaya, N. Y. (1980) The metabolic rate of various Hyperiidae in the South Pacific. Gidrobiologicheskii Zhurnal, 16 (6), 14 - 17. [in Russian, Hydrobiological Journal, 16 (6), 13 - 16. (in English)]","Ramirez, F. C. & Vinas, M. D. (1985) Hyperiid amphipods found in Argentine Shelf waters. Physis, Secc. A, 43 (104), 25 - 37.","Jazdzewski, K. & Presler, E. (1988) Hyperiid amphipods collected by the Polish Antarctic Expedition to the Scotia Sea and in the South Shetland Islands area. Crustaceana, Supplement, 13, 272 - 277.","Torres, J. J., Aarset, A. V., Donelly, J., Hopkins, T. L., Lancraft, T. M. & Ainley, D. G. (1994) Metabolism of Antarctic micronectonic Crustacea as a function of depth of occurrence and season. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 113, 207 - 219. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.3354 / meps 113207","Stebbing, T. R. R. (1888) Report on the Amphipoda collected by H. M. S. ' Challenger' during the years 1873 - 1876. Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H. M. S. ' Challenger' during the years 1873 - 76. Zoology, 29, i - xxiv & 1 - 1737, plates 1 - 210.","Bovallius, C. (1889) Contributions to a monograph of the Amphipoda Hyperiidea; Part 1: 2. The families Cyllopodidae, Paraphronimidae, Thaumatopsidae, Mimonectidae, Hyperiidae, Phronimidae and Anchylomeridae. Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar, 22 (7), 1 - 434, plates 1 - 18.","Walker, A. O. (1904) Report on the Amphipoda collected by Professor Herdman, at Ceylon, in 1902. Report to the Government of Ceylon on the Pearl Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar, Supplementary Report No. XVII, Part II, 229 - 300, plates 1 - 8.","Steuer, A. (1911) Adriatische Planktonamphipoden. Sitzungsberichte der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Klasse, 120 (6), 671 - 688, plates 1 - 3. [Wien]","Dick, R. I. (1970) Hyperiidea (Crustacea: Amphipoda) Keys to South African genera and species, and a distribution list. Annals of the South African Museum, 57 (3), 25 - 86.","Gasca, R. (2009 b) Part 22. Hyperiid Amphipods. In: Wehrtmann, I. S. & Cortes, J. (Eds.), Marine Biodiversty of Costa Rica, Central America. Monographiae Biologicae 86. Springer & Business Media B. V., Dordrecht, pp. 275 - 282, + tables (pp. 217 & 218).","Lavaniegos, B. E. & Hereu, C. M. (2009) Seasonal variation in hyperiid amphipod abundance and diversity and influence of mesoscale structures off Baja California. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 394, 137 - 152. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.3354 / meps 08285","Bowman, T. E. (1985) The correct identity of the pelagic amphipod Primno macropa, with a diagnosis of Primno abyssalis (Hyperiidea: Phrosinidae). Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, 98 (1), 121 - 126."]}

Cyphocaris richardi Chevreux, 1905 a Cyphocaris richardi Chevreux, 1905 a: 1, figs 1, 2.��� Chevreux, 1905 c: 7.��� Stebbing, 1906: 717.��� Strauss, 1909: 65, figs 39, 40, pl. 6 fig. 37.��� Stebbing, 1910: 449.��� Stephensen, 1915: 37, figs 21, 22.��� K.H. Barnard, 1916: 116.��� Chevreux, 1916: 1, 6 (key).��� Schellenberg, 1926 a: 245, fig. 4.��� Schellenberg, 1926 b: 206, figs 2 a, 3 a���c, 4 a���d, pl. 5 fig. 1.��� Schellenberg, 1926 c: 182.��� Chevreux, 1927: 52.��� Schellenberg, 1929: 195.��� Schellenberg, 1931: 15.��� K.H. Barnard, 1932: 35.��� Stephensen, 1933: 4.��� Chevreux, 1935: 22.��� K.H. Barnard, 1940: 514 (list), 528 (key).��� Thorsteinson, 1941: 57 (key).��� Shoemaker, 1945: 187, fig. 1 D.��� Gurjanova, 1951: 177 (key).��� J.L. Barnard, 1954: 53, pls 2, 3.��� Birstein & Vinogradov, 1955: 212, figs 2, 3.��� J.L. Barnard, 1958: 91.��� Birstein & Vinogradov, 1958: 221.��� Belloc, 1960: 3.��� J.L. Barnard, 1961: 31.��� J.L. Barnard, 1962: 24.��� Birstein & Vinogradov, 1962: 33.��� Gurjanova, 1962: 65 (key), 69, fig. 10.��� Hurley, 1963: 24 (key), 25.��� Nagata, 1963: 1.��� Birstein & Vinogradov, 1964: 153.��� Brusca, 1967: 385.��� Birstein & Vinogradov, 1970: 420.��� Griffiths, 1975: 144.��� Griffiths, 1976: 56 (key), fig. 32 A.��� Lowry & Bullock, 1976: 88.��� Opalinski & Jazdzewski, 1978: 647.��� Andres, 1979: 94.��� Volkman et al., 1980: 170, fig. 2.��� Herring, 1981: 170.��� Jazdzewski, 1981: 135, 138.��� Kamenskaya, 1981: 97.��� Andres, 1983: 185.��� Umezu, 1984: 128.��� Austin, 1985: 600.��� Hopkins, 1985: 199, 202, 206, 207, 209.��� Reinhardt & Van Vleet, 1986: 153.��� Andres, 1987: 96, 97.��� Costello et al., 1989: 32.��� Andres, 1990: 135, fig. 268.��� Vinogradov, 1990: 40, 92.��� Barnard & Karaman, 1991: 480.��� Palerud & Vader, 1991: 35.��� Jazdzewski et al., 1992: 465.��� De Broyer & Jazdzewski, 1993: 67.��� Lopes et al., 1993: 209.��� Vinogradov & Vinogradov, 1993: 129.��� Ishimaru, 1994: 57.��� Piatkowski et al., 1994: 19 (table 1).��� Thurston, 2001: 684 (table 2).��� Vinogradov, 2004: 53.��� De Broyer et al., 2007: 120. Cyphocaris anonyx.��� Chilton, 1912: 464 / 182. Cyphocaris rihardi.��� Birstein & Vinogradov, 1960: 167 (erroneously for C. richardi). Type locality. Vicinity of the Azores, eastern North Atlantic Ocean (36 �� 17 'N 28 �� 53 'W). Depth range. 0���6145 m. Distribution. NORTH ATLANTIC OCEAN. south-west of Greenland; north of Sa�� Miguel, Azores; Bay of Biscay; north-west of Cape Finisterre, Spain; west of Cape St Vincent, Portugal; west of Cap Blanc, Mauritania; off Marthas Vineyard; Nonsuch Island, Bermuda (Chevreux 1905 a, 1916, 1927, 1935; Stephensen 1915, 1933; Schellenberg, 1926 b; Shoemaker 1945; Andres 1987). SOUTH ATLANTIC OCEAN. Cape Point, Cape Province, South Africa; (K.H. Barnard 1916, 1932; Griffiths 1975). INDIAN OCEAN. north-west of Seychelle Islands; Somali Basin; south-east of Dar Es Salaam, east Africa; west of Maldive Islands; Banda Sea; Java ridge, south of Java; Mozambique Channel, Walters Shoal, Saya de Malha Bank (Schellenberg 1926 b; Birstein & Vinogradov 1964; Vinogradov 2004). NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. Kurile-Kamchatka Trench area; North Pacific Polar Frontal Zone; SSW of Punta Rompiente, Baja California, Mexico; San Nicolas Basin, Santa Catalina Island Light, southern California, USA; east of Volcano Islands; east of Ryukyu Islands, Ryukyu Trench, Philippine Sea, Japan Trench; Gulf of Panama (J.L. Barnard 1954, 1961; Birstein & Vinogradov 1955, 1958, 1970; Hurley 1963; Nagata 1963; Brusca 1967; Kamenskaya 1981; Umezu 1984). SOUTH PACIFIC OCEAN. south-east of Galapagos Islands, west of northern Peru, west of Lima; Phoenix Islands; north of Tokelau Islands; Kermadec Trench; east of New Zealand; Tasman Sea (Schellenberg 1929; Birstein & Vinogradov 1960; J.L. Barnard 1961). SOUTHERN OCEAN. Coats Land, Antarctica; north of South Georgia; south-west of Tristan da Cunha; Bouvet Island; Bransfield Strait, Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands; north-west of Cape Crozier, Ross Island, Ross Sea; King George Island; Croker Passage; Orkney Trench; Scotia Arc; Drake Passage; Wedell Sea; Kerguelen Islands (Chilton 1912; Schellenberg 1926 a, b, 1931; Barnard 1962; Emison 1968; Volkman et al. 1980; Jazdzewski, 1981; Andres 1979, 1983; Hopkins 1985; Reinhardt & Van Vleet 1986; Vinogradov & Vinogradov 1993; Piatkowski et al. 1994; Cherel et al. 2002 a, 2002 b; De Broyer et al., 2007)., Published as part of Hughes, Lauren E. & Lowry, James K., 2015, A review of the world Cyphocarididae with description of three new species (Crustacea, Amphipoda, Lysianassoidea), pp. 1-40 in Zootaxa 4058 (1) on pages 26-27, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.4058.1.1, http://zenodo.org/record/235526, {"references":["Chevreux, E. (1905 a) Description d'un amphipode (Cyphocaris richardi nov. sp.) provenant des peches au filet a grande ouverture de la derniere campagne du yacht Princesse Alice (1904). Bulletin de la Museum Oceanographique de Monaco, 24, 1 - 5, figs. 1 - 2.","Chevreux, E. (1905 c) Description d'un amphipode (Katius obesus, nov. gen. et sp.), suivie d'une liste des amphipodes de la tribu des Gammarina ramenes par le filet a grande ouverture pendant la derniere campagne de la Princesse-Alice en 1904. Bulletin du Musee Oceanographique de Monaco, 35, 1 - 7.","Stebbing, T. R. R. (1906) Amphipoda. I. Gammaridea. Das Tierreich, 21, 1 - 806.","Strauss, E. (1909) Das Gammaridenauge. Studien uber ausgebildete und ruckgebildete Gammaridenaugen. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Dampfer \" Valdivia \" 1898 - 1899, 20, 1 - 84, pls. 81 - 86.","Stebbing, T. R. R. (1910) General catalogue of South African Crustacea (Part V. of S. A. Crustacea, for the Marine Investigations in South Africa). Annals of the South African Museum, 6, 281 - 593, pls. 215 - 222.","Stephensen, K. (1915) Isopoda, Tanaidacea, Cumacea, Amphipoda (excl. Hyperiidea). Report on the Danish Oceanographical Expeditions 1908 - 10 to the Mediterranean and Adjacent Seas, 2, Biology, 1 - 53.","Barnard, K. H. (1916) Contributions to the crustacean fauna of South Africa. 5. - The Amphipoda. Annals of the South African Museum, 15, 105 - 302, pls. 126 - 128. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 10646","Chevreux, E. (1916) Sur les amphipodes du genre Cyphocaris Boeck recueillis par la Princesse-Alice au moyen du filet Richard a grande ouverture. Bulletin de l'Institut Oceanographique, Monaco, 319, 1 - 6.","Schellenberg, A. (1926 a) Die Gammariden der Deutschen Sudpolar-Expedition 1901 - 1903. Deutsche Sudpolar-Expedition, 18, 235 - 414.","Schellenberg, A. (1926 b) Amphipoda 3: Die Gammariden der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Dampfer \" Valdivia \" 1898 - 1899, 23, 193 - 243, pl. 195.","Schellenberg, A. (1926 c) Passive und aktive abwehrwassen bei gammariden, Zoologischer Anzieger, 68, 181 - 183.","Chevreux, E. (1927) Malacostraces (suite). III. Crustaces Amphipodes. Expeditions Scientifiques du \" Travailleur \" et du \" Talisman \" pendant les annees 1880, 1881, 1882, 1883, 9, 41 - 152, pls. 151 - 114.","Schellenberg, A. (1929) Die abyssale und pelagische Gammariden. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, 69, 191 - 201, pl. 191.","Schellenberg, A. (1931) Gammariden und Caprelliden des Magellangebietes, Sudgeorgiens und der Westantarktis. Further Zoological Results of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition 1901 - 1903, 2, 1 - 290, pl. 291.","Barnard, K. H. (1932) Amphipoda. Discovery Reports, 5, 1 - 326, pl. 321.","Stephensen, K. (1933) The Godthaab Expedition 1928. Amphipoda. Meddelelser om Gronland, 79, 1 - 88.","Chevreux, E. (1935) Amphipodes provenant des campagnes du Prince Albert Ier de Monaco. Resultats des Campagnes Scientifiques Accomplies sur son Yacht par Albert Ier Prince Souverain de Monaco, 90, 1 - 214, pls. 211 - 216.","Barnard, K. H. (1940) Contributions to the crustacean fauna of South Africa. 12. Further additions to the Tanaidacea, Isopoda, and Amphipoda, together with keys for the identification of the hitherto recorded marine and fresh-water species. Annals of the South African Museum, 32, 381 - 543.","Thorsteinson, E. D. (1941) New or noteworthy amphipods from the North Pacific coast. University of Washington Publications in Oceanography, 4, 50 - 94.","Shoemaker, C. R. (1945) The Amphipoda of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions, 1929 - 1931. Zoologica, Scientific Contributions of the New York Zoological Society, 30, 185 - 266.","Gurjanova, E. F. (1951) [Amphipods of the seas of the USSR and surrounding waters (Amphipoda-Gammaridea)]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Opredeliteli po Faune SSSR, 41, 1 - 1029.","Barnard, J. L. (1954) Four species of bathypelagic Gammaridea (Amphipoda) from California. Allan Hancock Foundation Publications Occasional Paper, 13, 52 - 69.","Birstein, J. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1955) [Pelagic gammarideans (Amphipoda-Gammaridea) from the Kurile-Kamchatka Trench]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 12, 210 - 287.","Barnard, J. L. (1958) Index to the families, genera, and species of the gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea). Allan Hancock Foundation Publications, Occasional Paper, 19, 1 - 145.","Birstein, J. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1958) [Pelagic gammarids (Amphipoda, Gammaridea) from the northwestern part of the Pacific Ocean]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 27, 219 - 257.","Belloc, G. (1960) Catalogue des types d'amphipodes du Musee Oceanographique de Monaco. Bulletin de l'Institut Oceanographique, Monaco, 57, 1 - 28.","Barnard, J. L. (1961) Gammaridean Amphipoda from depths of 400 to 6000 meters. Galathea Report, 5, 23 - 128.","Barnard, J. L. (1962) South Atlantic Abyssal Amphipods Collected by R. V. Ve ma. Abyssal Crustacea, Vema Research Series, 1, 1 - 78.","Birstein, J. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1962) [Pelagic Gammaridea (Amphipoda, Gammaridea) collected by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition on the M / V \" Ob \", south of 40 ° S]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Issledovaniya Fauny Morei, 1, 33 - 56.","Gurjanova, E. F. (1962) [Amphipods of the northern part of the Pacific Ocean (Amphipoda-Gammaridea). Part 1]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Opredeliteli po Faune SSSR, 74, 1 - 440.","Hurley, D. E. (1963) Amphipoda of the family Lysianassidae from the west coast of North and Central America. Allan Hancock Foundation Publications, Occasional Paper, 25, 1 - 160.","Nagata, K. (1963) Two new gammaridean amphipods (Crustaca) collected by the second cruise of the Japanese Expedition of Deep-Sea (JEDS- 2). Publications of the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory, 11, 1 - 5.","Birstein, J. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1964) [Pelagic gammarid amphipods of the northern part of the Indian Ocean]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 65, 152 - 195.","Brusca, G. J. (1967) The ecology of pelagic Amphipoda, I. Species accounts, vertical zonation and migration of Amphipoda from the waters off Southern California. Pacific Science, 21, 382 - 393.","Birstein, J. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1970) [On the fauna of pelagic gammaridean amphipods from the Kurile-Kamchatka region of the Pacific Ocean]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 86, 401 - 419.","Griffiths, C. L. (1975) The Amphipoda of southern Africa. Part 5. The Gammaridea and Caprellidea of the Cape Province west of Cape Agulhas. Annals of the South African Museum, 67, 91 - 181.","Griffiths, C. L. (1976) Guide to the Benthic Marine Amphipods of Southern Africa. Trustees, South African Museum, Cape Town, 106 pp.","Lowry, J. K. & Bullock, S. (1976) Catalogue of the marine gammaridean Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Royal Society of New Zealand Bulletin, 16, 1 - 187.","Opalinski, K. W. & Jazdzewski, K. (1978) Respiration of some Antarctic amphipods. Polskie Archiwum Hydrobiologii, 25, 643 - 655.","Andres, H. G. (1979) Gammaridea (Amphipoda, Crustacea) der Antarktis-Expedition 1975 / 76: Auswertung der Dauerstation sudlich von Elephant Island. Meeresforschung, 27, 88 - 102.","Volkman, N. J., Presler, P. & Trivelpiece, W. (1980) Diets of pygoscelid penguins at King George Island, Antarctica. Condor, 373 - 378. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.2307 / 1367558","Herring, P. J. (1981) Studies on bioluminescent marine amphipods. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 61, 161 - 176. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1017 / S 0025315400045999","Jazdzewski, K. (1981) Amphipod crustaceans in the diet of pygoscelid penguins of the King George Island, South Shetland Islands, Antarctica. Polish Polar Research, 2, 133 - 144.","Kamenskaya, O. E. (1981) [The amphipods (Crustacea) from deep-sea trenches in the western part of the Pacific Ocean]. Transactions of the P. P. Shirshov Institute of Oceanology, 115, 94 - 107.","Andres, H. G. (1983) Die Gammaridea (Crustacea: Amphipoda) der Deutschen Antarktis-Expeditionen 1975 / 76 und 1977 / 78. 3. Lysianassidae. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 80, 183 - 220.","Umezu, T. (1984) Deep-sea biomass in North Pacific Polar Frontal Zone 40 ° N- 150 ° E: collected by KOC-net from 150 - 4500 m depth in May 1981. Bulletin of the Tokai Regional Fisheries Research Laboratory, 113, 115 - 139.","Austin, W. C. (1985) An Annotated Checklist of Marine Invertebrates in the Cold Temperate Northeast Pacific. Khoyatan Marine Laboratory, Cowichan, BC, 682 pp.","Hopkins, T. L. (1985) Food web of an Antarctic midwater ecosystem. Marine Biology, 89, 197 - 212. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1007 / BF 00392890","Reinhardt, S. B. & Van Vleet, E. S. (1986) Lipid composition of twenty-two species of Antarctic midwater zooplankton and fish. Marine Biology, 91, 149 - 159. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1007 / BF 00569431","Andres, H. G. (1987) Die Gammaridea der 76. Reise von FFS Walther Herwig mit Beschreibung von Parachevreuxiella lobata gen. n. und sp. n. (Crustacea: Amphipoda). Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 84, 95 - 103.","Costello, M. J., Holmes, J. M. C., McGrath, D. & Myers, A. A. (1989) A review and catalogue of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) in Ireland. Irish Fisheries Investigations, Series B, Marine, 33, 1 - 70.","Andres, H. G. (1990) Amphipoda (Flohkrebse). In: Sieg, J. & Wagele, J. W. (Eds.), Fauna der Antarktis. Paul Parey, Berlin, pp. 133 - 143.","Vinogradov, G. M. (1990) [Pelagic amphipods (Amphipoda, Crustacea) from the south-eastern Pacific]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 124, 27 - 104.","Barnard, J. L. & Karaman, G. S. (1991) The families and genera of marine gammaridean Amphipoda (except marine gammaroids). Records of the Australian Museum, 13 (Supplement), 1 - 866. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.13.1991.91","Palerud, R. & Vader, W. (1991) Marine Amphipoda Gammaridea in north-east Atlantic and Norwegian Arctic. Tromura, Naturvitenskap, 68, 1 - 97.","Jazdzewski, K., De Broyer, C., Teodorczyk, W. & Konopacka, A. (1992) Survey and distributional patterns of the amphipod fauna of Admiralty Bay, King George Island, South Shetland Islands. Polish Polar Research, 12, 461 - 472.","De Broyer, C. & Jazdzewski, K. (1993) Contribution to the marine biodiversity inventory. A checklist of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean. Documents de Travail de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, 73, 1 - 154.","Lopes, M. F. R., Marques, J. C. & Bellan-Santini, D. (1993) The benthic amphipod fauna of the Azores (Portugal): an up-to-date annotated list of species, and some biogeographic considerations. Crustaceana, 65, 204 - 217. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1163 / 156854093 X 00568","Vinogradov, M. E. & Vinogradov, G. M. (1993) [Notes about pelagic and benthopelagic gammarids in the Orkney Trench]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 127, 129 - 133.","Ishimaru, S. (1994) A catalogue of gammaridean and ingolfiellidean Amphipoda recorded from the vicinity of Japan. Reports of the Sado Marine Biological Station, Niigata University, 24, 29 - 86.","Piatkowski, U., Rodhouse, P. G., White, M. G., Bone, D. G. & Symon, C. (1994) Nekton community of the Scotia Sea as sampled by the RMT 35 during austral summer. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 112, 13 - 28. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.3354 / meps 112013","Thurston, M. H. (2001) Pelagic amphipods. In: Jazdzewski, K., Baldinger, A., Coleman, C. O., De Broyer, C., Gable, M. F. & Plaiti, W. (Eds), Proceedings of the Xth International Colloquium on Amphipoda, Heraklion, Crete, Greece, 16 - 21 April 2000. Polskie Archiwum Hydrobiologii, 47 (3 - 4), pp. 682 - 694.","Vinogradov, G. M. (2004) Near-bottom and pelagic gammaridean amphipods in the western Indian Ocean. Annals of the South African Museum, 112, 39 - 88.","De Broyer, C., Lowry, J. K., Jazdzewski, K. & Robert, H. (2007) Catalogue of the Gammaridean and Corophiidean Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean with distribution and ecological data. In: De Broyer, C. (Ed.), Census of Antarctic Marine Life: Synopsis of the Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Vol. 1. Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Biologie, 77, 1 (Supplement), pp. 1 - 325.","Chilton, C. (1912) The Amphipoda of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition. Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, 48, 455 - 520, pls. 451, 452.","Birstein, J. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1960) [Pelagic gammarids from the tropical Pacific Ocean]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 34, 165 - 241.","Emison, W. B. (1968) Feeding preferences of the Adelie Penguin at Cape Crozier, Ross Island. Antarctic Research Series, 12, 191 - 212. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1029 / ar 012 p 0191","Cherel, Y., Bocher, P., De Broyer, C. & Hobson, K. A. (2002 a) Food and feeding ecology of the sympatric thin-billed Pachyptila belcheri and Antarctic P. desolata prions at Iles Kerguelen, Southern Indian Ocean. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 228, 263 - 281.","Cherel, Y., Bocher, P., Trouve, C. & Weimerskirch, H. (2002 b) Diet and feeding ecology of blue petrels Halobaena caerulea at Iles Kerguelen, Southern Indian Ocean. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 228, 283 - 299."]}

Cyphocaris challengeri Stebbing, 1888 Cyphocaris challengeri Stebbing, 1888: 661, pl. 17.��� Della Valle, 1893: 846 (key), 847.��� Stebbing, 1906: 28 (key), 29.��� Chevreux, 1916: 2, 6 (key), fig. 1.��� Schellenberg, 1926 a: 243.��� Schellenberg, 1926 b: 206 (key), 212, figs 2 d, 6���10, pl. 5 fig. 3.��� Schellenberg, 1926 c: 182.��� Pirlot, 1929: 7.��� Schellenberg, 1929: 195.��� K.H. Barnard, 1932: 36.��� Pirlot, 1933: 128.��� Chevreux, 1935: 21, pl. 4 fig. 1.��� K.H. Barnard, 1937: 142.��� K.H. Barnard, 1940: 440.��� Thorsteinson, 1941: 57, pl. 2 figs 21���24.��� Shoemaker, 1945: 187, fig. 1 C.��� Gurjanova, 1951: 177 (key), fig. 51 A.��� Birstein & Vinogradov, 1955: 212.��� Schellenberg, 1955: 185.��� J.L. Barnard, 1958: 91.��� Birstein & Vinogradov, 1958: 220.��� Birstein & Vinogradov, 1960: 168.��� J.L. Barnard, 1961: 31.��� J.L. Barnard, 1962: 24.��� Birstein & Vinogradov, 1962: 34.��� Gurjanova, 1962: 64 (key), 65, fig. 5.��� Hurley, 1963: 24 (key).��� Nagata, 1963: 1.��� Birstein & Vinogradov, 1964: 155.���Bowman, 1967: 688.��� Bowman & McCain, 1967: 1, figs 1���9.��� Thurston & Allen, 1969: 358.��� Birstein & Vinogradov, 1970: 420.��� Yoo, 1970: 94.��� Sanderson, 1973: 35.��� Griffiths, 1974 a: 199.��� Sanger, 1974: 3, figs 2, 3.��� Griffiths, 1975: 144.��� Griffiths, 1976: 58 (key), fig. 32 C.��� Lowry & Bullock, 1976: 87.��� Thurston, 1976: 367.��� Herring, 1981: 170.��� Umezu, 1984: 128.��� Austin, 1985: 600.��� Vermeer et al., 1987: 484.��� Vermeer & Devito, 1988: 67.��� Vinogradov, 1990: 40, 92.��� Barnard & Karaman, 1991: 480.��� Andres et al., 1992: 185 (table 1).��� Brodeur & Merati, 1993: 488.��� De Broyer & Jazdzewski, 1993: 67.��� Ishimaru, 1994: 57.��� Thurston, 2001: 684 (table 2).��� Yamada & Ikeda, 2000: 933.��� Yamada & Ikeda, 2001: 55.��� Yamada & Ikeda, 2003: 235.��� Vinogradov, 2004: 51.��� Yamada & Ikeda, 2006: 156. Cyphocaris alicei Chevreux, 1905 b: 1, figs 1, 2.��� Chevreux, 1905 c: 7.��� Stebbing, 1906: 717.��� Strauss, 1909: 67, pl. 6 fig. 38.���Walker, 1909: 327.��� Stephensen, 1915: 37.��� Chevreux, 1935: 15. Cyphocaris kincaidi Thorsteinson, 1941: 57 (key), 58, pl. 3 figs 25���30. Type material. Holotype, 1 / 5 inch (5 mm), 4 slides, NHM 1889: 5: 15: 19, 400 miles north of Sandwich Islands; (probably = north of Hawaiian Islands, North Pacific Ocean, 30 �� 22 ���0���N 154 �� 56 ���0���W), 2950 fm (4023 m), red clay, dredge, 21 July 1875, Challenger (stn 256) (acc. to Thurston & Allen, 1969, see Bowman & McCain, 1967 who discuss the possibility that type locality being further north) Type locality. 400 miles north of Sandwich Islands; (probably = north of Hawaiian Islands, North Pacific Ocean, 30 �� 22 ���0���N 154 �� 56 ���0���W). Material examined. 6 specimens (2 immature, 4 ovigerous females), MNHN-IU- 2014-12001 (Paris, France), near Sainte-Suzanne, La R��union, Indian Ocean (20 �� 50.3 ���S 55 �� 36.2 ���E), 480���675 m, pebbles, Sanders dredge, 3 September 1982, MS Marion Dufresne (MD 32 / REUNION stn DS 142). Depth range. 0���5987 m. Distribution. NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. Hawaiian Islands; Nanaimo, British Colombia, Canada; Kurile- Kamchatka Trench area; Japan Trench, off south-west Hokkaido, Japan; southern Gulf of Alaska; North Pacific Polar Frontal Zone (Stebbing 1888; Thorsteinson 1941; Birstein & Vinogradov 1955, 1958, 1970; Nagata 1963; Bowman 1967; Bowman & McCain 1967; Yoo 1970; Umezu 1984; Yamada & Ikeda 2000, 2001). SOUTH PACIFIC OCEAN. Bougainville Trench, Solomon Sea; between Tonga Trench and Kermadec Trench; Nazca and Sala-y-Gomez Ridges (Schellenberg 1929; Birstein & Vinogradov 1960, Vinogradov 1990). NORTH ATLANTIC OCEAN. Between the Azores and Canary Islands; Canary Islands; west of Straits of Gibraltar; west of Cape Verde Islands; off Washington, Active Pass, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia; Bermuda (Chevreux 1905 b, 1935; Stephensen 1915; Schellenberg 1926 a, 1955; Pirlot 1929; Shoemaker 1945; Sanderson 1973; Sanger 1974; Thurston 1976; Vermeer et al. 1987; Vermeer & Devito 1988; Andres et al. 1992). SOUTH ATLANTIC OCEAN. eastern South Atlantic Ocean; off western South Africa; off Gabon; Cape Basin (Schellenberg 1926 a, 1926 b; K.H. Barnard 1932; J.L. Barnard 1961, 1962). NORTHERN INDIAN OCEAN. Southern Arabian Sea; north-west of Desroches Atoll; Straits of Moluccas, Strait of Manipa, Indonesia; off Rodrigues Island, Mascarene Islands, east of Cargados Islands, south-east of Seychelle Islands; east of Maldive Archipelago; east of Amirante Islands; Java ridge, south of Java; south of Sumatra; Error Mountain Seamount, Mozambique Channel, Walters Shoal, Saya de Malha Bank, Equator Mountain Seamount (Walker 1909; Schellenberg 1926 b; Pirlot 1933; K.H. Barnard 1937; Birstein & Vinogradov 1964; Vinogradov 2004). GREAT AUSTRALIAN BIGHT.South Australian Basin (Birstein & Vinogradov 1962), Published as part of Hughes, Lauren E. & Lowry, James K., 2015, A review of the world Cyphocarididae with description of three new species (Crustacea, Amphipoda, Lysianassoidea), pp. 1-40 in Zootaxa 4058 (1) on pages 15-16, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.4058.1.1, http://zenodo.org/record/235526, {"references":["Stebbing, T. R. R. (1888) Report on the Amphipoda collected by H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873 - 1876. Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873 - 76, Zoology, 29, 1 - 1737, pls. 1731 - 1210.","Della Valle, A. (1893) Gammarini del Golfo di Napoli. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel, 20, 1 - 948, pls. 941 - 961.","Stebbing, T. R. R. (1906) Amphipoda. I. Gammaridea. Das Tierreich, 21, 1 - 806.","Chevreux, E. (1916) Sur les amphipodes du genre Cyphocaris Boeck recueillis par la Princesse-Alice au moyen du filet Richard a grande ouverture. Bulletin de l'Institut Oceanographique, Monaco, 319, 1 - 6.","Schellenberg, A. (1926 a) Die Gammariden der Deutschen Sudpolar-Expedition 1901 - 1903. Deutsche Sudpolar-Expedition, 18, 235 - 414.","Schellenberg, A. (1926 b) Amphipoda 3: Die Gammariden der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Dampfer \" Valdivia \" 1898 - 1899, 23, 193 - 243, pl. 195.","Schellenberg, A. (1926 c) Passive und aktive abwehrwassen bei gammariden, Zoologischer Anzieger, 68, 181 - 183.","Pirlot, J. - M. (1929) Les amphipodes gammarides recueillis dans l'Atlantique au cours de la croisiere oceanographique de l' \" Armauer Hansen \" Mai-Juin 1922. Memoires de la Societe Royale des Sciences de Liege, Series 3, 15, 1 - 18.","Schellenberg, A. (1929) Die abyssale und pelagische Gammariden. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, 69, 191 - 201, pl. 191.","Barnard, K. H. (1932) Amphipoda. Discovery Reports, 5, 1 - 326, pl. 321.","Pirlot, J. - M. (1933) Les amphipodes de l'expedition du Siboga. Deuxieme partie: Les amphipodes gammarides, II: - Les amphipodes de la mer profonde. 1. (Lysianassidae, Stegocephalidae, Stenothoidae, Pleustidae, Lepechinellidae). Siboga- Expeditie, Monographie 33 c, 114 - 167.","Chevreux, E. (1935) Amphipodes provenant des campagnes du Prince Albert Ier de Monaco. Resultats des Campagnes Scientifiques Accomplies sur son Yacht par Albert Ier Prince Souverain de Monaco, 90, 1 - 214, pls. 211 - 216.","Barnard, K. H. (1937) Amphipoda. Scientific Reports of the John Murray Expedition, 4, 131 - 201.","Barnard, K. H. (1940) Contributions to the crustacean fauna of South Africa. 12. Further additions to the Tanaidacea, Isopoda, and Amphipoda, together with keys for the identification of the hitherto recorded marine and fresh-water species. Annals of the South African Museum, 32, 381 - 543.","Thorsteinson, E. D. (1941) New or noteworthy amphipods from the North Pacific coast. University of Washington Publications in Oceanography, 4, 50 - 94.","Shoemaker, C. R. (1945) The Amphipoda of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions, 1929 - 1931. Zoologica, Scientific Contributions of the New York Zoological Society, 30, 185 - 266.","Gurjanova, E. F. (1951) [Amphipods of the seas of the USSR and surrounding waters (Amphipoda-Gammaridea)]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Opredeliteli po Faune SSSR, 41, 1 - 1029.","Birstein, J. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1955) [Pelagic gammarideans (Amphipoda-Gammaridea) from the Kurile-Kamchatka Trench]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 12, 210 - 287.","Schellenberg, A. (1955) Amphipoda. Reports of the Swedish Deep-Sea Expedition, Series 2, Zoology, 14, 181 - 195.","Barnard, J. L. (1958) Index to the families, genera, and species of the gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea). Allan Hancock Foundation Publications, Occasional Paper, 19, 1 - 145.","Birstein, J. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1958) [Pelagic gammarids (Amphipoda, Gammaridea) from the northwestern part of the Pacific Ocean]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 27, 219 - 257.","Birstein, J. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1960) [Pelagic gammarids from the tropical Pacific Ocean]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 34, 165 - 241.","Barnard, J. L. (1961) Gammaridean Amphipoda from depths of 400 to 6000 meters. Galathea Report, 5, 23 - 128.","Barnard, J. L. (1962) South Atlantic Abyssal Amphipods Collected by R. V. Ve ma. Abyssal Crustacea, Vema Research Series, 1, 1 - 78.","Birstein, J. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1962) [Pelagic Gammaridea (Amphipoda, Gammaridea) collected by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition on the M / V \" Ob \", south of 40 ° S]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Issledovaniya Fauny Morei, 1, 33 - 56.","Gurjanova, E. F. (1962) [Amphipods of the northern part of the Pacific Ocean (Amphipoda-Gammaridea). Part 1]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Opredeliteli po Faune SSSR, 74, 1 - 440.","Hurley, D. E. (1963) Amphipoda of the family Lysianassidae from the west coast of North and Central America. Allan Hancock Foundation Publications, Occasional Paper, 25, 1 - 160.","Nagata, K. (1963) Two new gammaridean amphipods (Crustaca) collected by the second cruise of the Japanese Expedition of Deep-Sea (JEDS- 2). Publications of the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory, 11, 1 - 5.","Birstein, J. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1964) [Pelagic gammarid amphipods of the northern part of the Indian Ocean]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 65, 152 - 195.","Bowman, T. E. & McCain, J. C. (1967) Variation and distribution of the pelagic amphipod Cyphocaris challengeri in the northeast Pacific (Gammaridea: Lysianassidae). Proceedings of the United States National Museum, 122, 1 - 14. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.5479 / si. 00963801.122 - 3588.1","Thurston, M. H. & Allen, E. (1969) Type material of the families Lysianassidae, Stegocephalidae, Ampeliscidae and Haustoriidae (Crustacea: Amphipoda) in the collections of the British Museum (Natural History). Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History), Series Zoology, 17, 347 - 388.","Birstein, J. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1970) [On the fauna of pelagic gammaridean amphipods from the Kurile-Kamchatka region of the Pacific Ocean]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 86, 401 - 419.","Yoo, K. I. (1970) On the distribution of the pelagic amphipod, Cyphocaris challengeri (Gammaridea: Lysianassidae) in the Western North Pacific. Korean Journal of Zoology, 13, 94 - 100.","Sanderson, J. M. (1973) A catalogue of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) in the collection of the late D. H. Reid, now in the Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh. Royal Scottish Museum Information Series Natural History, 1, 1 - 79.","Griffiths, C. L. (1974) The Amphipoda of southern Africa. Part 4. The Gammaridea and Caprellidea of the Cape Province east of Cape Agulhas. Annals of the South African Museum, 65, 251 - 336.","Sanger, G. A. (1974) Pelagic Amphipod Crustaceans from the Southeastern Bering Sea, June 1971. NOAA Technical Report, NMFS SSRF- 580, iii & 1 - 8.","Griffiths, C. L. (1975) The Amphipoda of southern Africa. Part 5. The Gammaridea and Caprellidea of the Cape Province west of Cape Agulhas. Annals of the South African Museum, 67, 91 - 181.","Griffiths, C. L. (1976) Guide to the Benthic Marine Amphipods of Southern Africa. Trustees, South African Museum, Cape Town, 106 pp.","Lowry, J. K. & Bullock, S. (1976) Catalogue of the marine gammaridean Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Royal Society of New Zealand Bulletin, 16, 1 - 187.","Thurston, M. H. (1976) The vertical distribution and diurnal migration of the Crustacea Amphipoda collected during the SOND Cruise, 1965 I. The Gammaridea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 56, 359 - 382. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1017 / S 002531540001897 X","Herring, P. J. (1981) Studies on bioluminescent marine amphipods. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 61, 161 - 176. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1017 / S 0025315400045999","Umezu, T. (1984) Deep-sea biomass in North Pacific Polar Frontal Zone 40 ° N- 150 ° E: collected by KOC-net from 150 - 4500 m depth in May 1981. Bulletin of the Tokai Regional Fisheries Research Laboratory, 113, 115 - 139.","Austin, W. C. (1985) An Annotated Checklist of Marine Invertebrates in the Cold Temperate Northeast Pacific. Khoyatan Marine Laboratory, Cowichan, BC, 682 pp.","Vermeer, K., Szabo, I. & Greisman, P. (1987) The relationship between plankton-feeding Bonaparte's and mew gulls and tidal upwelling at Active Pass, British Columbia. Journal of Plankton Research, 9, 483 - 501. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1093 / plankt / 9.3.483","Vermeer, K. & Devito, K. (1988) The importance of Paracallisoma coecus and myctophid fishes to nesting fork-tailed and Leach's storm-petrels in the Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Journal of Plankton Research, 10, 63 - 76. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1093 / plankt / 10.1.63","Vinogradov, G. M. (1990) [Pelagic amphipods (Amphipoda, Crustacea) from the south-eastern Pacific]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 124, 27 - 104.","Barnard, J. L. & Karaman, G. S. (1991) The families and genera of marine gammaridean Amphipoda (except marine gammaroids). Records of the Australian Museum, 13 (Supplement), 1 - 866. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.13.1991.91","Andres, H. G., John, H. C. & Re, P. (1992) Fish larvae and Gammaridea plankton off northern Portugal during autumn 1987. Senckenbergiana Maritima, 22, 179 - 201.","Brodeur, R. D. & Merati, N. (1993) Predation on walleye pollock (Theragra chalcogramma) eggs in the western Gulf of Alaska: the roles of vertebrate and invertebrate predators. Marine Biology, 117, 483 - 493.","De Broyer, C. & Jazdzewski, K. (1993) Contribution to the marine biodiversity inventory. A checklist of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean. Documents de Travail de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, 73, 1 - 154.","Ishimaru, S. (1994) A catalogue of gammaridean and ingolfiellidean Amphipoda recorded from the vicinity of Japan. Reports of the Sado Marine Biological Station, Niigata University, 24, 29 - 86.","Thurston, M. H. (2001) Pelagic amphipods. In: Jazdzewski, K., Baldinger, A., Coleman, C. O., De Broyer, C., Gable, M. F. & Plaiti, W. (Eds), Proceedings of the Xth International Colloquium on Amphipoda, Heraklion, Crete, Greece, 16 - 21 April 2000. Polskie Archiwum Hydrobiologii, 47 (3 - 4), pp. 682 - 694.","Yamada, Y & Ikeda, T. (2000) Development, maturation, brood size and generation length of the mesopelagic amphipod Cyphocaris challengeri (Gammaridea: Lysianassidae) off southwest Hokkaido, Japan. Marine Biology, 137, 933 - 942.","Yamada, Y & Ikeda, T. (2001) Notes on early development and secondary sexual characteristics of the mesopelagic amphipod Cyphocaris challengeri (Gammaridea; Lysianassidae). Bulletin of Fisheries Sciences Hokkaido University, 52 (1), 55 - 59.","Yamada, Y. & Ikeda, T. (2003) Metabolism and chemical composition of four pelagic amphipods in the Oyashio region, western subarctic Pacific. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 253, 233 - 241.","Vinogradov, G. M. (2004) Near-bottom and pelagic gammaridean amphipods in the western Indian Ocean. Annals of the South African Museum, 112, 39 - 88.","Yamada, Y. & Ikeda, T. (2006) Production, metabolism and trophic importance of four pelagic amphipods in the Oyashio region, western subarctic Pacific. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 308, 155 - 163.","Chevreux, E. (1905 b) Cyphocaris Alicei, nouvelle espece d'amphipode voisine de Cyphocaris challengeri Stebbing. Bulletin du Musee Oceanographique de Monaco, 27, 1 - 6.","Chevreux, E. (1905 c) Description d'un amphipode (Katius obesus, nov. gen. et sp.), suivie d'une liste des amphipodes de la tribu des Gammarina ramenes par le filet a grande ouverture pendant la derniere campagne de la Princesse-Alice en 1904. Bulletin du Musee Oceanographique de Monaco, 35, 1 - 7.","Strauss, E. (1909) Das Gammaridenauge. Studien uber ausgebildete und ruckgebildete Gammaridenaugen. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Dampfer \" Valdivia \" 1898 - 1899, 20, 1 - 84, pls. 81 - 86.","Stephensen, K. (1915) Isopoda, Tanaidacea, Cumacea, Amphipoda (excl. Hyperiidea). Report on the Danish Oceanographical Expeditions 1908 - 10 to the Mediterranean and Adjacent Seas, 2, Biology, 1 - 53."]}

Cyphocaris faurei K.H. Barnard, 1916 (Figs 13���17) Cyphocaris faurei K.H. Barnard, 1916: 117, pl. 26 fig. 4.��� Schellenberg, 1926 b: 215, figs 2 e, 11, 12, pl. 5 fig. 4.��� Schellenberg, 1929: 195.��� K.H. Barnard, 1932: 32.��� Pirlot, 1933: 128.��� K.H. Barnard, 1937: 141.��� K.H. Barnard, 1940: 440, 514 (list), 528 (key).��� Gurjanova, 1951: 177 (key).��� J.L. Barnard, 1958: 91.��� Birstein & Vinogradov, 1960: 169.��� J.L. Barnard, 1961: 31.��� Birstein & Vinogradov, 1962: 34.��� Gurjanova, 1962: 64 (key), 66, fig. 6.��� Hurley, 1963: 25.��� Birstein & Vinogradov, 1964: 155.��� Sanderson, 1973: 35.��� Griffiths, 1974: 309.��� Griffiths, 1976: 58 (key), fig. 32 D.��� Lowry & Bullock, 1976: 88.��� Ledoyer, 1978: 375, fig. 8.��� Herring, 1981: 170.��� Andres, 1983: 185.��� Austin, 1985: 600.��� Hopkins, 1985: 202.��� Ledoyer, 1986: 738, fig. 284.��� Vinogradov, 1990: 41, 92.��� Bowlby et al., 1991: 247.��� Barnard & Karaman, 1991: 480.��� De Broyer & Jazdzewski, 1993: 67.��� Lowry & Stoddart, 1993: 67.��� Lowry, 2000: 318.��� Thurston, 2001: 684 (table 2).��� Lowry & Stoddart, 2003: 93.��� Vinogradov, 2004: 53.��� De Broyer et al., 2007: 119. Type locality. Cape Point and north-west of East London, South Africa. Material examined. Polynesia: 3 specimens (2 ovigerous females, 1 female with setose oostegites, AM P. 58256, Polynesia (no further positioning data), stomach content of Tuna, 1994, coll. J. Poupin, RV Marara. New Caledonia: 1 specimen, AM P. 64004, off Noumea (22 �� 3 ���S 167 �� 44 ���E), Isaacs-Kidd midwater trawl, 0���800 m over bottom depth 2500 m, 13 May 1971, 1830��� 2345 hrs, coll. J. Paxton, HMAS Kimbla (K 4 / 71 - 11); 1 specimen, AM P. 64005, off Noumea (21 �� 5 ���S 166 �� 45 ���E), Isaacs-Kidd midwater trawl, 0���925 m over bottom depth 2115���2172 m, 1410���1740 hrs, 9 May 1971, coll. J. Paxton, HMAS Kimbla (K 4 / 71 - 5). Tasman Sea: 1 male, 24 mm, dissected 6 slides (mandibles in separate micro-vial), NMV J 15789, off Freycinet Peninsula, Tasmania (42 �� 13 ���S 148 �� 46.10 ���E), 1000 m, rectangular midwater trawl, 27 July 1986, coll. M.F. Gomon et al., RV Franklin (stn SLOPE 44); 1 immature female, 25 mm, AM P. 66428, West Norfolk Ridge (32 �� 36 ' 18 "S 167 �� 47 ' 26 "E), 1008���1029 m, beam trawl, 29 May 2003, coll. P. Berents, NORFANZ expedition (TAN0308/ 111); 1 male specimen, AM P. 64006, off St. Patricks Head (41 �� 37 ���S 148 �� 42 ���E), Engel pelagic trawl with attached fine net, 20���100 m above bottom 1030���1170 m, 16 July 1987, coll. K. Graham, FRV Soela (S 05/ 87 / 10). Southern Ocean: 1 juvenile specimen, AM P. 63999, Southern Ocean (64 �� 18.3 ���S 78 �� 43.9 ���E), rectangular midwater trawl, 1742 to 1812 hours, 18 February 1981, coll. J. Kirkwood, ��� FIBEX ��� expedition Australian Antarctic Division (gammarid Amphipoda # 18; FIBEX 80). Depth range. 175���900 m depth (Thurston, 2001). Remarks. Cyphocaris faurei has been recorded from every world ocean except the Arctic Ocean. Distribution. INDIAN OCEAN. off Nosy-B��, Madagascar; Mozambique Channel, western Indian Ocean; east of Somalia, south-east of Dar Es Salaam, north-western Indian Ocean; Arabian Sea, Northern Arabian Sea, central Arabian Sea, Gulf of Oman; Bay of Bengal, northern Indian Ocean; off Rodrigues Island, Mascarene Islands (K.H. Barnard 1937; J.L. Barnard 1961; Birstein & Vinogradov 1962, 1964; Ledoyer 1978; Vinogradov 2004). BANDA SEA. Kai Islands, northern Makassar Strait, Indonesia; Straits of Moluccas (Pirlot 1933; Lowry & Stoddart 1993). NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. off south-west coast of Oahu, Hawaii; eastern North Pacific Ocean; Phoenix Islands, west of Gilbert Island, central Pacific Ocean (Schellenberg 1929; Hurley 1963; Bowlby et al 1991). SOUTH PACIFIC OCEAN. south-west of Nazca Ridge, Sala-y-Gomez Ridges, eastern; eastern South Pacific Ocean; central South Pacific Ocean; Mariana Trench, Solomon Sea, Bougainville Trench, western South Pacific Ocean (Birstein & Vinogradov 1960; Vinogradov 1990). ATLANTIC OCEAN. Guinea Basin, eastern Atlantic Ocean; South Atlantic Ocean, south-south-west of Cape Agulhas, eastern South Atlantic Ocean; mid-Atlantic Ocean (K.H. Barnard 1916, 1932; Birstein & Vinogradov 1962; Sanderson 1973). SOUTHERN OCEAN. Croker Passage, between Bransfield and Gerlache Straits; Estrecho de Magallanes; Antarctic Peninsula; east of Antarctic Peninsula, Weddell Sea; Scotia Sea; South Indian Basin (Andres 1983; Hopkins 1985; De Broyer et al., 2007; current study)., Published as part of Hughes, Lauren E. & Lowry, James K., 2015, A review of the world Cyphocarididae with description of three new species (Crustacea, Amphipoda, Lysianassoidea), pp. 1-40 in Zootaxa 4058 (1) on pages 16-19, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.4058.1.1, http://zenodo.org/record/235526, {"references":["Barnard, K. H. (1916) Contributions to the crustacean fauna of South Africa. 5. - The Amphipoda. Annals of the South African Museum, 15, 105 - 302, pls. 126 - 128. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 10646","Schellenberg, A. (1926 b) Amphipoda 3: Die Gammariden der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Dampfer \" Valdivia \" 1898 - 1899, 23, 193 - 243, pl. 195.","Schellenberg, A. (1929) Die abyssale und pelagische Gammariden. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, 69, 191 - 201, pl. 191.","Barnard, K. H. (1932) Amphipoda. Discovery Reports, 5, 1 - 326, pl. 321.","Pirlot, J. - M. (1933) Les amphipodes de l'expedition du Siboga. Deuxieme partie: Les amphipodes gammarides, II: - Les amphipodes de la mer profonde. 1. (Lysianassidae, Stegocephalidae, Stenothoidae, Pleustidae, Lepechinellidae). Siboga- Expeditie, Monographie 33 c, 114 - 167.","Barnard, K. H. (1937) Amphipoda. Scientific Reports of the John Murray Expedition, 4, 131 - 201.","Barnard, K. H. (1940) Contributions to the crustacean fauna of South Africa. 12. Further additions to the Tanaidacea, Isopoda, and Amphipoda, together with keys for the identification of the hitherto recorded marine and fresh-water species. Annals of the South African Museum, 32, 381 - 543.","Gurjanova, E. F. (1951) [Amphipods of the seas of the USSR and surrounding waters (Amphipoda-Gammaridea)]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Opredeliteli po Faune SSSR, 41, 1 - 1029.","Barnard, J. L. (1958) Index to the families, genera, and species of the gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea). Allan Hancock Foundation Publications, Occasional Paper, 19, 1 - 145.","Birstein, J. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1960) [Pelagic gammarids from the tropical Pacific Ocean]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 34, 165 - 241.","Barnard, J. L. (1961) Gammaridean Amphipoda from depths of 400 to 6000 meters. Galathea Report, 5, 23 - 128.","Birstein, J. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1962) [Pelagic Gammaridea (Amphipoda, Gammaridea) collected by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition on the M / V \" Ob \", south of 40 ° S]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Issledovaniya Fauny Morei, 1, 33 - 56.","Gurjanova, E. F. (1962) [Amphipods of the northern part of the Pacific Ocean (Amphipoda-Gammaridea). Part 1]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Opredeliteli po Faune SSSR, 74, 1 - 440.","Hurley, D. E. (1963) Amphipoda of the family Lysianassidae from the west coast of North and Central America. Allan Hancock Foundation Publications, Occasional Paper, 25, 1 - 160.","Birstein, J. A. & Vinogradov, M. E. (1964) [Pelagic gammarid amphipods of the northern part of the Indian Ocean]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 65, 152 - 195.","Sanderson, J. M. (1973) A catalogue of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) in the collection of the late D. H. Reid, now in the Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh. Royal Scottish Museum Information Series Natural History, 1, 1 - 79.","Griffiths, C. L. (1974) The Amphipoda of southern Africa. Part 4. The Gammaridea and Caprellidea of the Cape Province east of Cape Agulhas. Annals of the South African Museum, 65, 251 - 336.","Griffiths, C. L. (1976) Guide to the Benthic Marine Amphipods of Southern Africa. Trustees, South African Museum, Cape Town, 106 pp.","Lowry, J. K. & Bullock, S. (1976) Catalogue of the marine gammaridean Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Royal Society of New Zealand Bulletin, 16, 1 - 187.","Ledoyer, M. (1978) Contribution a l'etude des amphipodes gammariens profonds de Madagascar (Crustacea). Tethys, 8, 365 - 382.","Herring, P. J. (1981) Studies on bioluminescent marine amphipods. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 61, 161 - 176. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1017 / S 0025315400045999","Andres, H. G. (1983) Die Gammaridea (Crustacea: Amphipoda) der Deutschen Antarktis-Expeditionen 1975 / 76 und 1977 / 78. 3. Lysianassidae. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 80, 183 - 220.","Austin, W. C. (1985) An Annotated Checklist of Marine Invertebrates in the Cold Temperate Northeast Pacific. Khoyatan Marine Laboratory, Cowichan, BC, 682 pp.","Hopkins, T. L. (1985) Food web of an Antarctic midwater ecosystem. Marine Biology, 89, 197 - 212. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1007 / BF 00392890","Ledoyer, M. (1986) Crustaces Amphipodes Gammariens. Familles des Haustoriidae a Vitjazianidae. Faune de Madagascar, 59, 599 - 1112.","Vinogradov, G. M. (1990) [Pelagic amphipods (Amphipoda, Crustacea) from the south-eastern Pacific]. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Trudy Instituta Okeanologii, 124, 27 - 104.","Bowlby, M. R., Widder, E. A. & Case. J. F. (1991) Disparate forms of bioluminescence from the amphipod Cyphocaris faurei, Scina crassicornis and S. borealis. Marine Biology, 108 (2), 247 - 253. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1007 / BF 01344339","Barnard, J. L. & Karaman, G. S. (1991) The families and genera of marine gammaridean Amphipoda (except marine gammaroids). Records of the Australian Museum, 13 (Supplement), 1 - 866. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.13.1991.91","De Broyer, C. & Jazdzewski, K. (1993) Contribution to the marine biodiversity inventory. A checklist of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean. Documents de Travail de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, 73, 1 - 154.","Lowry, J. K. & Stoddart, H. E. (1993) Crustacea Amphipoda: Lysianassoids from Philippine and Indonesian waters. In: Crosnier, A. (Ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM. Vol. 10. Memoires du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, 156, pp. 55 - 109.","Lowry, J. K. (2000) Taxonomic status of amphipod crustaceans in the South China Sea with a checklist of known species. The Raffles Bulletin of Zoology, 8 (Supplement), 309 - 342.","Thurston, M. H. (2001) Pelagic amphipods. In: Jazdzewski, K., Baldinger, A., Coleman, C. O., De Broyer, C., Gable, M. F. & Plaiti, W. (Eds), Proceedings of the Xth International Colloquium on Amphipoda, Heraklion, Crete, Greece, 16 - 21 April 2000. Polskie Archiwum Hydrobiologii, 47 (3 - 4), pp. 682 - 694.","Lowry, J. K. & Stoddart, H. E. (2003) Crustacea: Malacostraca: Peracarida: Amphipoda, Cumacea, Mysidacea. Vol. 19.2 B. CSIRO Publishing, Melbourne, 526 pp.","Vinogradov, G. M. (2004) Near-bottom and pelagic gammaridean amphipods in the western Indian Ocean. Annals of the South African Museum, 112, 39 - 88.","De Broyer, C., Lowry, J. K., Jazdzewski, K. & Robert, H. (2007) Catalogue of the Gammaridean and Corophiidean Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean with distribution and ecological data. In: De Broyer, C. (Ed.), Census of Antarctic Marine Life: Synopsis of the Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Vol. 1. Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Biologie, 77, 1 (Supplement), pp. 1 - 325."]}

The Rhachotropis species (Fig. 12) of Mid-Atlantic Ridge deep-sea hydrothermal vents: R. flamina, R. licornia, R. pilosa Bellan-Santini, 2006 SME taxonomists also have taken part in the major adventure started with the 1977 discovery of deep-sea chemosynthetic animal communities. In the vicinity of hydrothermal vents of the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, 3 new species of Rhachotropis (Crustacea: Amphipoda: Eusiridae) were collected by sediment traps at 1700–2750 m depth: Rhachotropis flamina Bellan-Santini, 2006, Rhachotropis licornia Bellan-Santini, 2006, and Rhachotropis pilosa Bellan-Santini, 2006. With 63 species (Horton et al. 2021) this genus is found in all oceans with a large bathymetric distribution (0–7160 m) (L̂rz et al. 2018). It is the most common amphipod genus in bathyal and abyssal zones. Morphologically, Rhachotropis have a delicate body with slender pereiopods, long antennae and sometimes dorsal processes. However, some of them display antennae bearing complex and puzzling structures called calceoli (present in R. pilosa and R. licornia) that are believed to be part of sensory organs. Cuplike receptacles, arranged serially on the antennae, would act as non-visual sensory organs, ensuring the perception of sound and vibration stimuli by the amphipods. These likely mechanoreceptors are found in several amphipod species (Hurley 1980, Lincoln & Hurley 1981, Bellan-Santini 2015); some could be involved in the detection of mates, others to detect preys. However, at hydrothermal vents, they could also be a good way to locate active fluid emissions., Published as part of Boury-Esnault, Nicole, Bellan, Gerard, Bellan-Santini, Denise, Boudouresque, Charles-Francois, Chevaldonné, Pierre, Dias, Alrick, Faget, Daniel, Harmelin, Jean-Georges, Harmelin-Vivien, Mireille, Lejeusne, Christophe, Perez, Thierry, Vacelet, Jean & Verlaque, Marc, 2023, The Station Marine d'Endoume, Marseille: 150 years of natural history, pp. 213-252 in Zootaxa 5249 (2) on page 240, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5249.2.3, http://zenodo.org/record/7687250, {"references":["Bellan-Santini, D. (2006) Rhachotropis species (Crustacea: Amphipoda: Eusiridae) of hydrothermal vents and surroundings on the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, Azores Triple Junction zone. Journal of Natural History, 40 (20 - 24), 1407 - 1424. https: // doi. org / 10.1080 / 00222930500345749","Horton, T., Lowry, J., De Broyer, C., Bellan-Santini, D., Coleman, C. O., Corbari, L., Costello, M. J., Daneliya, M., Dauvin, J. - C., Fiser, C., Gasca, R., Grabowski, M., Guerra-Garcia, J. M., Hendrycks, E., Hughes, L., Jaume, D., Jazdzewski, K., Kim, Y. - H., King, R., Krapp-Schickel, T., LeCroy, S., L ˆ rz, A. - N., Mamos, T., Senna, A. R., Serejo, C., Sket, B., Souza-Filho, J. F., Tandberg, A. H., Thomas, J. D., Thurston, M., Vader, W., Vain ˆ la, R., Vonk, R., White, K., Zeidler, W. (2021) World Amphipoda Database. Rhachotropis S. I. Smith, 1883. Accessed through: World Register of Marine Species. Available from: https: // www. marinespecies. org / aphia. php? p = taxdetails & id = 101528 (accessed 26 May 2021)","Hurley (1980) A provisional checklist of Crustacea Amphipoda known to have calceoli. New Zealand Oceanographic Institute, Wellington, New Zealand, 4 (8), 71 - 120.","Lincoln, R. J. & Hurley, D. E. (1981) The calceolus, a sensory structure of gammaridean amphipods (Amphipoda: Gammaridea). Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) Zoology, 40 (4), 103 - 116.","Bellan-Santini, D. (2015) Amphipoda. Treatise on Zoology - Anatomy, Taxonomy, Biology. The Crustacea. Vol. 5. Brill, Leiden, 158 pp."]}

Parschisturella simplex Andres, 1983 Parschisturella simplex Andres, 1983: 213, figs 13, 14.— Barnard & Karaman, 1991: 517.— De Broyer & Jażdżewski, 1993: 74.— De Broyer et al., 2007: 165. Types. Holotype, male, 16 mm, ZMH K 32410. Paratype, male 20.3 mm ZMH K 32411. Type-locality. South Georgia, Walther Herwig 1977-78, sta. 492, (55°00’S 35°30’W), 0–120 m depth. Habitat. Marine. Depth range. 0–120 m. Feeding strategies. Not recorded. Remarks. See remarks under Parschisturella martrudan. Distribution. Southern Ocean. South Georgia (Andres 1983)., Published as part of Lowry, J. K. & Kilgallen, N. M., 2014, A generic review of the lysianassoid family Uristidae and descriptions of new taxa from Australian waters (Crustacea, Amphipoda, Uristidae), pp. 1-92 in Zootaxa 3867 (1) on page 61, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.3867.1.1, http://zenodo.org/record/5585734, {"references":["Andres, H. G. (1983) Die Gammaridea (Crustacea: Amphipoda) der Deutschen Antarktis-Expeditionen 1975 / 76 und 1977 / 78. 3. Lysianassidae. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 80, 183 - 220.","Barnard, J. L. & Karaman, G. S. (1991) The families and genera of marine gammaridean Amphipoda (except marine gammaroids). Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement, 13, 1 - 866. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.13.1991.367","De Broyer, C. & Jazdzewski, K. (1993) Contribution to the marine biodiversity inventory. A checklist of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean. Documents de Travail de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, 73, 1 - 154.","De Broyer, C., Lowry, J. K., Jazdzewski, K. & Robert, H. (2007) Catalogue of the Gammaridean and Corophiidean Amphipoda (Crusteacea) of the Southern Ocean with distribution and ecological data. In: C. De Broyer (Ed), Census of Antatrctic Marine Life: Synopsis of the Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Vol. 1. Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belqigue, Biologie 77, Supplement 1 (1), 1 - 325."]}

Parschisturella carinata (Schellenberg, 1926b) Hoplonyx stebbingi Walker, 1903: 52, pl. 9 figs 52–57 (in part, part = Uristes stebbingi). Tryphosa kergueleni.— Walker, 1907: 16 (in part). Tryphosites stebbingi.— Chilton, 1912: 469. Tryphosa carinata Schellenberg, 1926b: 271, fig. 18.— Schellenberg, 1931: 36.—J.L. Barnard, 1962: 29. Tmetonyx carinata.—K.H. Barnard, 1932: 55.—J.L. Barnard, 1958: 100. Tryphosites capadarei.— Hurley, 1965: 177, figs 14, 15.— Thurston & Allen, 1969: 372.— Lowry & Bullock, 1976: 109.— Andres, 1983: 212. 'Tryphosa' carinata.—J.L. Barnard, 1969: 304 (key).— Lowry & Bullock, 1976: 106. Parschisturella carinata.— Barnard & Karaman, 1991: 517.— Klages, 1991: 50.— De Broyer & Jazdzewski, 1993: 74.— De Broyer et al., 1999: 166.— Dauby et al., 2001: 81.— De Broyer et al., 2001: 746, table 1.— Nyssen et al., 2002: 282, 283, table 1, fig. 4.— De Broyer et al., 2004: 1740, tables 3, 4.— De Broyer et al., 2007: 165. Types. Syntypes, ZMB 20304. Type-locality. Davis Sea “Gauss Station” (66°02’S 89°38’E), 385 m. Habitat. Marine. Depth range. 14–2081 m (Walker 1907; De Broyer et al. 2001). Feeding strategies. Scavenger, taken in baited traps. Remarks. Parschisturella carinata is the most distinctive species in the genus because of the parachelate first gnathopod with its serrate palm. It is the only species with a distict constriction on the outer ramus of uropod 2. It shares a rounded boss on urosomite 1 with the Ausralian species P. martrudan and P. piloti. It shares a well developed spine on the posteroventral corner of epimeron 3 with the Australian species P. martrudan and P. medora. Distribution. Southern Ocean. Davis Sea (Schellenberg 1926b); Ross Sea (Walker 1903, 1907); Weddell Sea (Chilton 1912; De Broyer et al. 1999; De Broyer et al. 2004); South Georgia (Schellenberg 1931); South Shetland Islands (K.H. Barnard 1932)., Published as part of Lowry, J. K. & Kilgallen, N. M., 2014, A generic review of the lysianassoid family Uristidae and descriptions of new taxa from Australian waters (Crustacea, Amphipoda, Uristidae), pp. 1-92 in Zootaxa 3867 (1) on pages 48-50, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.3867.1.1, http://zenodo.org/record/5585734, {"references":["Schellenberg, A. (1926 b) Die Gammariden der Deutschen Sudpolar-Expedition 1901 - 1903. Deutsche Sudpolar-Expedition, 18, 235 - 414.","Walker, A. O. (1903) Amphipoda of the ' Southern Cross' Antarctic Expedition. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology, 29 (187), 38 - 64, pls. 37 - 11.","Walker, A. O. (1907) Crustacea III. - Amphipoda. National Antarctic Expedition 1901 - 1904. Natural History, 3, 1 - 38, pls. 31 - 13.","Chilton, C. (1912) The Amphipoda of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition. Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, 48, 455 - 520, pls. 451, 452.","Schellenberg, A. (1931) Gammariden und Caprelliden des Magellangebietes, Sudgeorgiens und der Westantarktis. Further Zoological Results of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition 1901 - 1903, 2, 1 - 290, pl. 291.","Barnard, J. L. (1962) South Atlantic abyssal amphipods collected by R. V. Vema. Abyssal Crustacea. Vema Research Series, 1, 1 - 78.","Barnard, K. H. (1932) Amphipoda. Discovery Reports, 5, 1 - 326, pls. 321.","Barnard, J. L. (1958) Index to the families, genera, and species of the gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea). Allan Hancock Foundation Publications, Occasional Paper, 19, 1 - 145.","Hurley, D. E. (1965) A re-description of some A. O. Walker types of \" Southern Cross \" Lysianassidae (Crustacea Amphipoda) from the Ross Sea. Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand, Zoology, 6, 155 - 181.","Thurston, M. H. & Allen, E. (1969) Type material of the families Lysianassidae, Stegocephalidae, Ampeliscidae and Haustoriidae (Crustacea: Amphipoda) in the collections of the British Museum (Natural History). Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History), Series Zoology, 17, 347 - 388.","Lowry, J. K. & Bullock, S. (1976) Catalogue of the marine gammaridean Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Royal Society of New Zealand Bulletin, 16, 1 - 187.","Andres, H. G. (1983) Die Gammaridea (Crustacea: Amphipoda) der Deutschen Antarktis-Expeditionen 1975 / 76 und 1977 / 78. 3. Lysianassidae. Mitteilungen aus dem Hamburgischen Zoologischen Museum und Institut, 80, 183 - 220.","Barnard, J. L. (1969) The families and genera of marine gammaridean Amphipoda. Bulletin of the United States National Museum, 271, 1 - 535. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1163 / 156854082 x 00632","Barnard, J. L. & Karaman, G. S. (1991) The families and genera of marine gammaridean Amphipoda (except marine gammaroids). Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement, 13, 1 - 866. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.13.1991.367","Klages, M. (1991) Biologische und populationsdynamische Untersuchungen an ausgewahlten Gammariden (Crustacea; Amphipoda) des sudostlichen Weddellmeeres, Antarktis. Dissertation Dr. Naturwissenschaften, Universitat Bremen, 240 pp.","De Broyer, C. & Jazdzewski, K. (1993) Contribution to the marine biodiversity inventory. A checklist of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean. Documents de Travail de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, 73, 1 - 154.","De Broyer, C., Rauschert, M. & Scailteur, Y. (1999) Structural and ecofunctional biodiversity of the benthic amphipod taxocoenoses. Berichte zur Polarforschung, 301, 163 - 174.","Dauby, P., Scailteur, Y. & De Broyer, C. (2001) Trophic diversity within the eastern Weddell Sea amphipod community. Hydrobiologia, 443, 69 - 86.","De Broyer, C., Scailteur, Y., Chapelle, G. & Rauschert, M. (2001) Diversity of epibenthic habitats of gammaridean amphipods in the eastern Weddell Sea. Polar Biology, 24, 744 - 753. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1007 / s 003000100276","Nyssen, F., Brey, T., Lepoint, G., Bouquegneau, J. M., De Broyer, C. & Dauby, P. (2002) A stable isotope approach to the eastern Weddell Sea trophic web: focus on benthic amphipods. Polar Biology, 25, 280 - 287.","De Broyer, C., Guerra-Garcia, J. M., Takeuchi, I., Robert, H. & Meerhaeghe, A. (2004) Biodiversity of the Southern Ocean: a catalogue of the Antarctic and sub-Antarctic Caprellidae and Cyamidae (Crustacea: Amphipoda) with distribution and ecological data. Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique Biologie, 74, 61 - 99.","De Broyer, C., Lowry, J. K., Jazdzewski, K. & Robert, H. (2007) Catalogue of the Gammaridean and Corophiidean Amphipoda (Crusteacea) of the Southern Ocean with distribution and ecological data. In: C. De Broyer (Ed), Census of Antatrctic Marine Life: Synopsis of the Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Vol. 1. Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belqigue, Biologie 77, Supplement 1 (1), 1 - 325."]}

Paralysianopsis odhneri Schellenberg, 1931 (Fig. 16) Paralysianopsis odhneri Schellenberg, 1931: 7, fig. 2.—K.H. Barnard, 1932: 38, fig. 6.— Nicholls, 1938: 11.—J.L. Barnard, 1958: 97.— Arnaud, 1974: 648.— Lowry & Bullock, 1976: 102.— De Broyer, 1983: 197, figs 57–59.— Lowry & Stoddart, 1984: 104, figs 4 – 6.— Barnard & Karaman, 1991: 514.— Gonzalez, 1991: 59.— Jażdżewski et al., 1992: 464 (table 1), 468 (table 2).— De Broyer & Jażdżewski, 1993: 73.— Lowry & Stoddart, 1995b: 102 (key).— Jażdżewski et al., 1996: 371.— De Broyer et al., 2007: 149. Austronisimus rhinoceros K.H. Barnard, 1931: 425.— Thurston & Allen, 1969: 356. Types. Lectotype, immature, 3 mm, SMNH type collection no. 703. Paralectotype, female, 4 mm, SMNH 3432 (designated by Lowry & Stoddart 1984). Type locality. Outside Grytviken, South Georgia, South Atlantic Ocean [approx. 54°22'S 36°27'W], stones and algae from algae-covered rocky bottom outside Macrocystis -formation, 30 m depth. Depth range. 2–147 m (De Broyer et al. 2007). Distribution. South Atlantic and Southern Oceans. Falkland Islands (Schellenberg 1931); South Georgia (Schellenberg 1931; K.H. Barnard 1932); South Shetland Islands (Jażdżewski et al. 1992); Adélie Coast, Antarctica (Nicholls 1938); Davis Sea (De Broyer 1983)., Published as part of Lowry, J. K. & Kilgallen, N. M., 2014, New tryphosine amphipods from Australian waters (Crustacea, Amphipoda, Lysianassoidea, Lysianassidae, Tryphosinae), pp. 1-64 in Zootaxa 3844 (1) on page 23, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.3844.1.1, http://zenodo.org/record/5116622, {"references":["Schellenberg, A. (1931) Gammariden und Caprelliden des Magellangebietes, Sudgeorgiens und der Westantarktis. Further Zoological Results of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition 1901 - 1903, 2, 1 - 290, pl. 1.","Barnard, K. H. (1932) Amphipoda. Discovery Reports, 5, 1 - 326, pl. 1.","Nicholls, G. E. (1938) Amphipoda, Gammaridea. Australasian Antarctic Expedition 1911 - 14, Scientific Reports, Series C, 2, 1 - 145.","Barnard, J. L. (1958) Index to the families, genera, and species of the gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea). Allan Hancock Foundation Publications, Occasional Paper, 19, 1 - 145.","Arnaud, P. M. (1974) Contribution a la bionomie marine benthique des regions antarctiques et subantarctiques. Tethys, 6, 465 - 656.","Lowry, J. K. & Bullock, S. (1976) Catalogue of the marine gammaridean Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Royal Society of New Zealand Bulletin, 16, 1 - 187.","De Broyer, C. (1983) Recherches sur la systematique et l'evolution des crustaces amphipodes gammarides antarctiques et subantarctiques. Universite de Louvain, 468 pp.","Lowry, J. K. & Stoddart, H. E. (1984) Redescriptions of Schellenberg's types of Lysianopsis subantarctica and Paralysianopsis odhneri (Amphipoda, Lysianassidae). Crustaceana, 47, 98 - 108. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1163 / 156854084 x 00342","Barnard, J. L. & Karaman, G. S. (1991) The families and genera of marine gammaridean Amphipoda (except marine gammaroids). Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 13, 1 - 866. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.13.1991.367","Gonzalez, E. (1991) Actual state of gammaridean amphipoda taxonomy and catalogue of species from Chile. Hydrobiologia, 223, 47 - 68. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.1007 / bf 00047628","Jazdzewski, K., De Broyer, C., Teodorczyk, W. & Konopacka, A. (1992) Survey and distributional patterns of the amphipod fauna of Admiralty Bay, King George Island, South Shetland Islands. Polish Polar Research, 12, 461 - 472.","De Broyer, C. & Jazdzewski, K. (1993) Contribution to the marine biodiversity inventory. A checklist of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean. Documents de Travail de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, 73, 1 - 154.","Lowry, J. K. & Stoddart, H. E. (1995 b) The Amphipoda (Crustacea) of Madang Lagoon: Lysianassidae, Opisidae, Uristidae, Wandinidae and Stegocephalidae. Records of the Australian Museum Supplement, 22, 97 - 174. http: // dx. doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.22.1995.122","Jazdzewski, K., Weslawski, J. C. & De Broyer, C. (1996) A comparison of the amphipod faunal diversity in two polar fjords: Admiralty Bay, King George island (Antarctic) and Hornsund, Spitsbergen (Arctic). Polskie Archiwum Hydrobiologii, 42, 367 - 384.","De Broyer, C., Lowry, J. K., Jazdzewski, K., & Robert, H. (2007) Catalogue of the Gammaridean and Corophiidean Amphipoda (Crusteacea) of the Southern Ocean with distribution and ecological data. In: De Broyer, C. (Ed.), Census of Antatrctic Marine Life: Synopsis of the Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Vol. 1. Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belqigue, Biologie 77, Supplement 1 (1), 1 - 325.","Barnard, K. H. (1931) Diagnosis of new genera and species of amphipod Crustacea collected during the ' Discovery' investigations, 1925 - 1927. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Series 10, 7, 425 - 430.","Thurston, M. H. & Allen, E. (1969) Type material of the families Lysianassidae, Stegocephalidae, Ampeliscidae and Haustoriidae (Crustacea: Amphipoda) in the collections of the British Museum (Natural History). Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History), Series Zoology, 17, 347 - 388."]}

Podocerus cf. danae (Stebbing, 1888) Fig. 30e–f Platophium danae Stebbing, 1888: 1185, pls 128–129. Platophium orientale Della Valle, 1893: 332 (in part). Podocerus danae armatus Bellan-Santini & Ledoyer, 1987: 418–421. Podocerus danae – Stebbing 1899: 239; 1906: 705, fig. 122. — Chilton 1926: 514. — J.L. Barnard 1958: 122; 1962: 65 (in key). — Mills 1972: 75, table 1. — Lowry & Bullock 1976: 132. — BellanSantini & Ledoyer 1987: 418–419, fig. 25. — J.L. Barnard & Karaman 1991: 665. — Branch et al. 1991: 16, 39–40, fig. on p. 16. — De Broyer & Jażdżewski 1993: 88. Material examined CHILE • 1 ♂ (7 mm); Canal Williams – Southern Exit; -45.601028°, -74.478194°; 15 m depth; 19 Nov. 2011; HF11C004; on hydrozoans, together with pycnogonids; colour brownish; ZMB 34210 • 1 juv. (4 mm); same collection data as for preceding; 20.5 m depth; HF11C006; ZMB 34209 • 1 ovigerous ♀ (6 mm); same collection data as for preceding; 8.9 m depth; HF11C012; on hydrozoans; colour brownish; ZMB 34208. Description (based on ♂, 7 mm) HEAD. Without rostrum, lateral cephalic lobes angled; in the middle of the back of the head a rounded small process (vs P. danae, like P. danae armatus). BODY. Each of the pereonites 1–4 with moderate elevation posterodorsally (vs P. danae, like P. danae armatus), the size depending on age; on pereon segment 4 dorsally with 2 long setae (vs P. danae, like P. danae armatus). Only pereonites 5–7 and first pleon segment with one large triangular process each (according to the original description of P. danae, vs P. danae armatus). No lateral additional teeth on pereonite 7 (vs P. danae). Pleon strongly flexed. Body cuticule without hair-like setae (vs P. danae, like P. danae armatus). Eyes very prominent, projecting, round. HEAD APPENDAGES. Antenna 1 peduncle article 1 robust, length subequal to head; peduncle article 2 narrower and up to twice as long as article 1; article 3 subequal to article 2; flagellum with 9 articles; accessory flagellum with one long and one very small article (not described in P. danae and P. danae armatus). Antenna 2 much longer than antenna 1; peduncle article 3 quadrangular, distally somewhat expanded; article 4 reaching beyond peduncle of antenna 1, 2× as wide as last peduncle articles of antenna 1, 3–4 × as long as article 3; article 5 somewhat less wide, but much longer than article 4; all peduncle articles beset with short setae on both margins; flagellum with 4 articles (last one very reduced), combined about same length as article 4 of peduncle. PEREON. Gnathopod 1 coxa much longer than wide; basis slender; ischium somewhat longer than wide, quadrangular; merus with prominent angle of about 90° on posterior margin (vs P. danae, like P. danae armatus); carpus somewhat box-shaped with rectangular posterior margin, the distal corner of about 120° and the proximal a right angle; propodus of triangular shape with palmar corner also of 90°; dactylus strongly curved, on inner side densely spinose. The entire leg densely setose on posterior margin, much less on anterior one. Gnathopod 2 much larger than gnathopod 1; coxa longer than wide, much shorter than propodus; basis long and strong, distally only scarcely expanded (in Stebbing 1888 not widened at all, in Bellan-Santini & Ledoyer 1987 for P. danae armatus with prominent corner); merus rectangular, shorter than wide; carpus with acute gently curved tooth posterodistally, longer than wide; propodus about twice as long as head and 5–6 × as long as propodus of gnathopod 1; anterior margin regularly convex with 4 groups of setae on distal half; posterior margin remarkably straight, palm nearly covering all the posterior margin, only on the most proximal tenth part of propodus slightly narrowing, forming a blunt palmar corner; along distal quarter of the margin three blunt triangular humps, hidden under very long and dense ciliated setae all over the palm; dactylus slender and straight, about length of palm; inner margin smooth. Pereopod 3 merus, carpus and propodus subequal, dactylus half length of propodus. Pereopod 4 similar, but merus a bit shorter. Pereopods 5–7 merus distally widened but not lengthened, propodus and carpus more robust than in the preceding legs; dactylus strong, longer than half propodus. UROSOME. Uropod 1 peduncle about as long as inner ramus; outer ramus shorter; peduncular spur about one third of length of outer ramus. Uropod 2 smaller than uropod 1, peduncle much shorter. Telson scarcely shorter than broad (like P. danae) or scarcely longer than broad (like P. danae armatus), with rounded distal corners. Distribution Podocerus danae: Kerguelen, 230 m depth (Stebbing 1888); P. danae armatus: Marion and Prince Edward islands (Bellan-Santini & Ledoyer 1987, 110– 570 m depth, together with P. danae). Canal Williams, Chile, this study. Depth range 8.9– 570 m. Type locality Kerguelen Islands: Challenger 1873–76, stn 149H, off Baie de Recques (Cumberland Bay), -48.75°, 69.233333°, 232 m (Stebbing 1888). Type specimen location The Natural History Museum, London. Remarks Bellan-Santini & Ledoyer (1987) found Podocerus danae together with their new subspecies Podocerus danae armatus (!), and they repeated that several characters of these specimens are not clearly defined, but vary with age. In our collection there are only two adult specimens and one juvenile found, thus it is not possible to add statistically informative data about the limits of variations., Published as part of Coleman, Charles Oliver, Krapp-Schickel, Traudl & Häussermann, Vreni, 2022, Amphipod crustaceans from Chilean Patagonia, pp. 1-57 in European Journal of Taxonomy 849 (1) on pages 38-39, DOI: 10.5852/ejt.2022.849.1995, http://zenodo.org/record/7427542, {"references":["Stebbing T. R. R. 1888. Report on the Amphipoda collected by H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873 - 1876. Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873 - 76. Zoology 29: 1 - 1737.","Della Valle A. 1893. Gammarini del golfo di Napoli. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel und der angrenzenden Meeres-Abschnitte 20: 1 - 948. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 3710","Bellan-Santini D. & Ledoyer M. 1987. Gammariens (Crustacea, Amphipoda) des Iles Marion et Prince Edward Campagne MD 08 du M. S. \" Marion Dufresne \" en 1976. Bollettino del Museo civico di Storia Naturale di Verona 13: 349 - 435.","Stebbing T. R. R. 1899. On the true Podocerus and some new genera of amphipods. Annals and Magazlne of Natural History, Series 7 3: 237 - 241. https: // doi. org / 10.1080 / 00222939908678113","Stebbing T. R. R. 1906. Amphipoda. I. Gammaridea. Das Tierreich 21: 1 - 806.","Chilton C. 1926. New Zealand Amphipoda: No. 6. Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute 56: 512 - 518.","Barnard J. L. 1958. Index to the families, genera and species of the gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea). Allan Hancock Foundation, Occasional Papers 19: 1 - 145.","Barnard J. L. 1962. Benthic marine Amphipoda of Southern California: families Aoridae, Photidae, Ischyroceridae, Corophiidae, Podoceridae. Pacific Naturalist 3: 3 - 72.","Mills E. L. 1972. T. R. R. Stebbing, the \" Challenger \" and knowledge of deep-sea Amphipoda. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, Section B 72 (5): 69 - 87. https: // doi. org / 10.1017 / S 0080455 X 00001624","Lowry J. K. & Bullock W. 1976. Catalogue of the marine gammaridean Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. Bulletin of the Royal Society of New Zealand 16: 1 - 187.","Barnard J. L. & Karaman G. S. 1991. The families and genera of marine gammaridean Amphipoda (except marine gammaroids). Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 13: 1 - 866. https: // doi. org / 10.3853 / j. 0812 - 7387.13.1991.91","Branch M. L., Griffiths C. L., Kensley B. & Sieg J. 1991. The benthic Crustacea of Subantarctic Marion and Prince Edward Islands: illustrated keys to the species and results of the 1982 - 1989 University of Cape Town Surveys. South African Journal of Antarctic Research 21 (1): 3 - 44.","De Broyer C. & Jazdzewski K. 1993. Contribution to the marine biodiversity inventory. A checklist of the Amphipoda (Crustacea) of the Southern Ocean. Documents de Travail de l'Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique 73: 1 - 154."]}